Index: sicnet/basicnet.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/basicnet.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,26 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Basic Networking
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/connect/connect.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/connect/connect.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,38 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Connecting to a Network
-
- The LFS book covers setting up networking by connecting to a LAN
- with a static IP address. There are other methods used to obtain an IP
- address and connect to a LAN and other networks (such as the Internet).
- The most popular methods (DHCP and PPP) are covered in this chapter.
-
- DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is a protocol
- used by many sites to automatically provide information such as IP addresses,
- subnet masks and routing information to computers. If your network uses
- DHCP, you will need a DHCP client in order to connect to it.
-
- PPP stands for Point-to-Point Protocol. It is a data link protocol
- commonly used for establishing authenticated IP connections over
- a phone line with a modem, or over radio waves with a cellular phone. There
- is also a variant (PPPoE) that works over Ethernet and is used by cable
- providers to authenticate the Internet connections.
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/connect/dhcp-client.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/connect/dhcp-client.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,107 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- DHCP-&dhcp-version; Client Configuration
-
-
- dhclient
-
-
- The DHCP package comes with
- both a client (dhclient) and a server program for
- using DHCP. If you want to install this package,
- the instructions can be found at .
- Note that if you only want to use the client, you
- do not need to run the server and so do not need
- the startup script and links provided for the server daemon.
- You only need to run the DHCP server if you're providing
- this service to a network, and it's likely that you'll know if that's the
- case; if it isn't, don't run the server! Once you have installed the
- package, return here for information on how to configure the client
- (dhclient).
-
-
- Configuring DHCP Client
-
- To configure dhclient,
- you need to first install the network service script,
- /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/dhclient
- included in the package
- (as root):
-
-
- dhclient (service script)
-
-
-make install-service-dhclient
-
- Next, create the
- /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient
- configuration file with the following commands as the root user. Adjust as
- necessary for additional interfaces:
-
-
- /etc/sysconfig/.../dhclient
-
-
-install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
-cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient << "EOF"
-ONBOOT="yes"
-SERVICE="dhclient"
-DHCP_START="-q <add additional start parameters here>"
-DHCP_STOP="-q -r <add additional stop parameters here>"
-
-# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print
-# the DHCP assigned IP address
-PRINTIP="no"
-
-# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for
-# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
-PRINTALL="no"
-EOF
-
- For more information on the appropriate
- DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP
- values, examine the man page for dhclient.
-
- Finally, you should create the
- /etc/dhclient.conf file using the following commands
- as the root user:
-
-
- /etc/dhclient.conf
-
-
-
- You'll need to add a second interface definition to the file if you
- have more than one interface.
-
-
-cat > /etc/dhclient.conf << "EOF"
-# dhclient.conf
-
-interface "eth0"{
-prepend domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;
-request subnet-mask, broadcast-address, time-offset, routers,
- domain-name, domain-name-servers, host-name;
-require subnet-mask, domain-name-servers;
-}
-# end dhclient.conf
-EOF
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/connect/dhcpcd.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/connect/dhcpcd.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,213 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- dhcpcd-&dhcpcd-version;
-
-
- dhcpcd
-
-
-
- Introduction to dhcpcd
-
- dhcpcd is an implementation of the
- DHCP client specified in RFC2131. This is useful for connecting
- your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network
- addresses.
-
- &lfs70_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &dhcpcd-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &dhcpcd-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &dhcpcd-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &dhcpcd-time;
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of dhcpcd
-
- Install dhcpcd by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --libexecdir=/lib/dhcpcd \
- --dbdir=/run \
- --sysconfdir=/etc &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
- By default, a plain text lease info file isn't created but the
- dhcpcd provides a hook which can be used for creating
- such a file. Install the hook by running the following
- commands as the root user:
-
-sed -i "s;/var/lib;/run;g" dhcpcd-hooks/50-dhcpcd-compat &&
-install -v -m 644 dhcpcd-hooks/50-dhcpcd-compat /lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks/
-
-
-
-
- Configuring dhcpcd
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/dhcpcd/dhcpcd.conf
-
-
- /etc/dhcpcd/dhcpcd.conf
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- To configure dhcpcd, you need to first install
- the network service script,
- /lib/services/dhcpcd
- included in the package
- (as user root):
-
-
- dhcpcd (service script)
-
-
-make install-service-dhcpcd
-
- Whenever dhcpcd configures or shuts down
- a network interface, it executes hook scripts. For more details
- about those scripts, see the dhcpcd-run-hooks and
- dhcpcd man pages.
-
- Finally, as the root user create the
- /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0
- configuration file using the following commands. Adjust appropriately
- for additional interfaces:
-
-
- /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 (dhcpcd)
-
-
-cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
-ONBOOT="yes"
-IFACE="eth0"
-SERVICE="dhcpcd"
-DHCP_START="<insert appropriate start options here>"
-DHCP_STOP="-k <insert additional stop options here>"
-EOF
-
- For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and
- DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for
- dhcpcd.
-
-
-
- The default behavior of
- dhcpcd sets the hostname and mtu settings. It also
- overwrites /etc/resolv.conf and
- /etc/ntp.conf.
-
- These modifications to system files and settings on system
- configuration files are done by hooks which are stored in /lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks.
-
- Setup dhcpcd by removing or adding hooks from/to
- that directory. The execution of hooks can be disabled by using the
- () command line option or
- by the option in the
- /etc/dhcpcd.conf file.
-
- Review the dhcpcd man page for switches to add
- to the DHCP_START value.
-
-
-
-
- /etc/resolv.conf
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directory
-
-
- dhcpcd
- None
- /lib/dhcpcd
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- dhcpcd
-
- is an implementation of the DHCP client specified
- in RFC2131.
-
- dhcpcd
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/connect/ppp.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/connect/ppp.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,581 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- PPP-&ppp-version;
-
-
- PPP
-
-
-
- Introduction to PPP
-
- The PPP package contains the
- pppd daemon and the chat
- program. This is used for connecting to other machines; often for connecting to
- the Internet via a dial-up or PPPoE connection to an ISP.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &ppp-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &ppp-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &ppp-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &ppp-time;
-
-
-
- PPP Dependencies
-
- Optional
- (needed to do PPP filtering),
- (to authenticate incoming calls using PAM),
- and Linux ATM (to
- build the pppoatm.so plugin)
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of PPP
-
-
- PPP support (CONFIG_PPP),
- the asynchronous line discipline (CONFIG_PPP_ASYNC), the
- driver for your serial port device and/or the PPP over Ethernet
- (PPPoE) protocol driver (CONGIG_PPPOE) must be compiled into the
- kernel or loaded as kernel modules.
- Udev doesn't load the ppp_generic and pppoe modules automatically, they
- must be mentioned in the /etc/sysconfig/modules
- file.
-
-
-
- PPP support
-
-
- Create (as root)
- the group for users who may run PPP:
-
-groupadd -g 52 pppusers
-
- Install PPP by running the
- following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-make install-etcppp &&
-install -d /etc/ppp/peers &&
-install -m755 scripts/{pon,poff,plog} /usr/bin &&
-install -m644 scripts/pon.1 /usr/share/man/man1
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- make install-etcppp: This command puts example
- configuration files in /etc/ppp.
-
- install -d /etc/ppp/peers: This command creates
- a directory for PPP peer description files.
-
-
-
- USE_PAM=y: Add this argument to the
- make command to compile in support for PAM, usually
- needed for authenticating inbound calls against a central database.
-
- HAVE_INET6=y: Add this argument to the
- make command to compile in support for IPv6.
-
- CBCP=y: Add this argument to the
- make command to compile in support for the
- Microsoft proprietary Callback Control Protocol.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring PPP
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/ppp/*
-
-
- /etc/ppp/*
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- The PPP daemon requires some
- configuration. The main trick is scripting the connection.
- For dialup and GPRS connections, this can be done
- either using the chat program which comes with
- this package, or by using external tools such as
- WvDial
- or KPPP from
- . The text below explains how to set up
- dialup, GPRS and PPPoE connections using only tools provided with
- the PPP package. All configuration steps
- in this section are executed as the
- root user.
-
- Add the users who may run PPP to the
- pppusers group:
-
-usermod -a -G pppusers <username>
-
-
- Setting the passwords
-
- Instructions in this section result in your password
- appearing on the screen in a visible clear-text form. Make sure that
- nobody else looks at the screen.
-
- Passwords are stored in /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
- and /etc/ppp/chap-secrets files, depending on the
- authentication method used by the ISP. If in doubt, place the password
- into both files. E.g., if the username given by the ISP is
- jdoe, the password is guessit, the
- ISP uses PAP and the user wants to name this account
- dialup in order to distinguish it from other PPP accounts,
- the following file has to be created:
-touch /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
-chmod 600 /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
-cat >>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets <<"EOF"
-# username remotename password IP for the peer
-jdoe dialup guessit *
-EOF
-
-
-
- DNS Server Configuration
-
- If you don't run your own caching DNS server, create a simple
- ip-up script (to be called by pppd
- automatically once the connection is brought up) that populates the
- /etc/resolv.conf file with nameservers specified
- by the ISP.
-cat >/etc/ppp/ip-up <<"EOF"
-#!/bin/sh
-if [ "$USEPEERDNS" = "1" ] && [ -s /etc/ppp/resolv.conf ]
-then
- install -m 644 /etc/ppp/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf
-fi
-EOF
-chmod 755 /etc/ppp/ip-up
- If you use a caching DNS server such as
- or Pdnsd,
- the script above is wrong for you. In such a case, write your
- own script that tells your caching nameserver to forward queries to
- upstream DNS servers specified in the $DNS1 and $DNS2 environment
- variables.
-
-
-
-
- Dialup Modem Connection
-
-
- Dialup connections are established with the help of a modem
- connected to a computer and the telephone line. The modem dials a
- telephone number of the ISP's modem, and they exchange data using
- the signal frequencies 300-4000 Hz. Typical data transfer
- rate is 40-50 kilobits per second, and the gateway ping time
- (latency) is up to 300-400 ms. In order to configure the
- dialup connection, it is required to know the telephone number of
- the ISP's modem pool, the username and the password.
-
- In order to configure a dialup connection, two files have to
- be created: a chat script that automates the connection procedure
- (common for all dialup accounts), and a peer file that provides
- configuration information about a specific connection to
- pppd:
-cat >/etc/ppp/dialup.chat <<"EOF"
-ABORT BUSY ABORT 'NO CARRIER' ABORT VOICE ABORT 'NO DIALTONE'
-ABORT 'NO DIAL TONE' ABORT 'NO ANSWER' ABORT DELAYED
-ABORT ERROR ABORT BLACKLISTED
-
-TIMEOUT 5
-'' AT
-# \T is the phone number, passed from /etc/ppp/peers/dialup
-OK-+++\dATH0-OK ATD\T
-TIMEOUT 75
-CONNECT \d\c
-EOF
-
-cat >/etc/ppp/peers/dialup <<"EOF"
-# Your username at the ISP
-user "jdoe"
-# What should be in the second column in /etc/ppp/*-secrets
-remotename "dialup"
-# Replace TTTTTTT with the ISP phone number
-connect "/usr/sbin/chat -T TTTTTTT -f /etc/ppp/dialup.chat"
-
-# Specify your modem serial port and speed below
-/dev/ttyS0
-115200
-
-# The settings below usually don't need to be changed
-updetach
-noauth
-hide-password
-debug
-lock
-defaultroute
-noipdefault
-usepeerdns
-EOF
-
- The first three lines of the
- /etc/ppp/dialup.chat file abort the script when
- it receives an indication of an error from the modem. Then the timeout
- is set to 5 seconds and the script checks that the modem responds to
- the dummy AT command. If not, measures are taken to dewedge it
- (by interrupting the data transfer and going on hook). Then the
- telephone number is dialed, and the script waits for the answer for
- 75 seconds. The serial connection is considered established when the
- modem sends the string CONNECT.
-
-
-
-
- GPRS and EDGE Connections
-
-
- GPRS and EDGE connections are established with the help of a
- cellular phone connected to a computer via serial, USB, or Bluetooth.
- The phone exchanges data packets with the nearest base station,
- which can be up to 35 kilometers away.
-
-
-
- The maximum possible data transfer rate is 170 kilobits per second
- for GPRS and 474 kilobits per second for EDGE, but many cellular
- operators impose lower limits, such as 64 kilobits per second. The
- gateway ping time is 900 ms for GPRS, which makes playing many online
- games impossible and causes connection to ICQ to be unreliable.
- In order to configure a GPRS or EDGE connection,
- it is required to know the access point name (APN) and, rarely, the
- username and the password.
- In most cases, billing is based on the telephone number, and the
- username/password pair is not needed, as assumed in the example
- below.
-
- In order to configure a GPRS connection, two files have to
- be created: a chat script that automates the connection procedure
- (common for all GPRS accounts), and a peer file that provides
- configuration information about a specific connection to
- pppd:
-cat >/etc/ppp/gprs.chat <<"EOF"
-ABORT BUSY ABORT 'NO CARRIER' ABORT VOICE ABORT 'NO DIALTONE'
-ABORT 'NO DIAL TONE' ABORT 'NO ANSWER' ABORT DELAYED
-ABORT ERROR ABORT BLACKLISTED
-
-TIMEOUT 5
-'' AT
-OK-+++\dATH0-OK ATZ
-# \T is the APN, passed from /etc/ppp/peers/gprs
-# This example stores the APN as profile #1 in the phone.
-# The "telephone number", *99***<profile_number>#, is always the same.
-# If you want to store this as profile #2, change 1 to 2 in the
-# following two lines.
-OK AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","\T"
-OK "ATD*99***1#"
-CONNECT \d\c
-EOF
-
-cat >/etc/ppp/peers/gprs <<"EOF"
-# Replace inet.example.com with the proper APN for your provider
-connect "/usr/sbin/chat -T inet.example.com -f /etc/ppp/gprs.chat"
-
-# Specify your cellphone serial port and speed below
-# Note: you must manually send some vendor-specific AT commands
-# to certain old cellular phones (such as Sony-Ericsson T200)
-# in order to achieve connection speed more than 9600 bits per second.
-/dev/ttyS1
-115200
-
-# The settings below usually don't need to be changed
-noccp
-noauth
-updetach
-debug
-lock
-defaultroute
-noipdefault
-usepeerdns
-EOF
-
-
-
- PPPoE connections
-
-
-
- PPPoE connections are established over Ethernet, typically between
- a computer and an ADSL router (usually installed in the same room)
- that forwards the packets down the telephone line using frequencies
- 25-2500 kHz, thus not interfering with voice calls. Although the router
- can, in theory, forward any Ethernet packet, PPP encapsulation is used
- for password-based authentication, so that the ISP can limit the
- bandwidth and charge money according to the chosen tariff. The maximum
- data transfer rate on ADSL is 24 megabits per second, and the gateway
- ping time is typically less than 10 ms. In order to configure a PPPoE
- connection, it is required to know the username, the password, and,
- sometimes, the service name and/or the access concentrator name.
-
- In order to configure a PPPoE connection, only the peer file
- has to be created:
-cat >/etc/ppp/peers/adsl <<"EOF"
-plugin rp-pppoe.so
-# Ethernet interface name
-eth0
-# Your username at the ISP
-user "jdoe"
-# What should be in the second column in /etc/ppp/*-secrets
-remotename "adsl"
-# If needed, specify the service and the access concentrator name
-# rp_pppoe_service "internet"
-# rp_pppoe_ac "ac1"
-
-# The settings below usually don't need to be changed
-noauth
-hide-password
-updetach
-debug
-defaultroute
-noipdefault
-usepeerdns
-EOF
-
-
-
- Establishing the connection manually
-
- In order to establish a PPP connection described by the
- /etc/ppp/peers/peername
- file run (as root or as a member
- of the pppusers group):
-pon peername
-
- In order to tear the connection down, run:
-poff peername
-
-
-
-
- Bringing up PPPoE connection at boot time
- If your service provider does not charge by the minute, it is
- usually good to have a bootscript handle the connection for you.
- You can, of course, choose not to install the following script, and
- start your connection manually with the pon command,
- as described above. If you wish your PPPoE connection to be brought
- up at boot time, run:
-
-make install-service-pppoe
-
- The above command installs the pppoe
- service script and the /etc/ppp/peers/pppoe
- file with some settings that make sense for most PPPoE connections.
- The bootscript calls pppd with the the following
- options:
-
-pppd call pppoe ${1} linkname ${1} ${PPP_OPTS}
-
- Here ${1} is the network interface name,
- linkname ${1} is added for creation of the
- /var/run/ppp-${1}.pid file with the
- pppd process ID (to be used when bringing
- the connection down), and the ${PPP_OPTS} variable
- contains user-specified options such as user and
- remotename.
-
- Now create the config file for use with the pppoe
- service script:
-
-install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
-cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/pppoe << "EOF"
-ONBOOT="yes"
-SERVICE="pppoe"
-PPP_OPTS="user jdoe remotename adsl"
-EOF
-
- Instead of specifying additional options in the $PPP_OPTS
- variable, you can also edit the /etc/ppp/peers/pppoe
- file, but then your configuration will be lost when upgrading
- BLFS bootscripts.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- chat, pon, poff, plog, pppd, pppdump, pppoe-discovery and pppstats
- Several plugin modules installed in
- /usr/lib/pppd/&ppp-version;
- /etc/ppp, /usr/include/pppd and /usr/lib/pppd
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- chat
-
- defines a conversational exchange between the computer and the
- modem. Its primary purpose is to establish the connection between the
- Point-to-Point Protocol Daemon (PPPD) and the remote
- pppd process.
-
- chat
-
-
-
-
-
- pon
-
- is the script that establishes a PPP connection
-
- pon
-
-
-
-
-
- poff
-
- is the script that tears a PPP connection down.
-
- poff
-
-
-
-
-
- plog
-
- is a script that prints the tail of the PPP log.
-
- plog
-
-
-
-
-
-
- pppd
-
- is the Point to Point Protocol daemon.
-
- pppd
-
-
-
-
-
- pppdump
-
- is used to convert
- PPP record files to a readable
- format.
-
- pppdump
-
-
-
-
-
- pppstats
-
- is used to print
- PPP statistics.
-
- pppstats
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/fetchmail.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/fetchmail.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,194 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Fetchmail-&fetchmail-version;
-
-
- Fetchmail
-
-
-
- Introduction to Fetchmail
-
- The Fetchmail package contains a mail
- retrieval program. It retrieves mail from remote mail servers and
- forwards it to the local (client) machine's delivery system, so it can then be
- read by normal mail user agents.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &fetchmail-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &fetchmail-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &fetchmail-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &fetchmail-time;
-
-
-
- Fetchmail Dependencies
-
- Required
- and a local MDA
- ()
-
- Optional
- and
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Fetchmail
-
- Install Fetchmail by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --with-ssl --enable-fallback=procmail &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --with-ssl: This enables SSL support, so that
- you can handle connections to secure POP3 and IMAP servers.
-
- --enable-fallback=procmail: This tells
- Fetchmail to hand incoming mail to
- Procmail for delivery, if the port 25 mail server is
- not present or not responding.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Fetchmail
-
-
- Config Files
-
- ~/.fetchmailrc
-
-
- ~/.fetchmailrc
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
-cat > ~/.fetchmailrc << "EOF"
-set logfile /var/log/fetchmail.log
-set no bouncemail
-set postmaster root
-
-poll SERVERNAME :
- user <username> pass <password>;
- mda "/usr/bin/procmail -f %F -d %T";
-EOF
-
-chmod -v 0600 ~/.fetchmailrc
-
- This is an example configuration that should suffice for most people.
- You can add as many users and servers as you need using the same syntax.
-
- man fetchmail: Look for the section near
- the bottom named CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES. It
- gives some quick examples. There are countless other config options once
- you get used to it.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- fetchmail and fetchmailconf
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- fetchmail
-
- when executed as a user, this will source
- ~/.fetchmailrc and download the appropriate mail.
-
-
- fetchmail
-
-
-
-
-
- fetchmailconf
-
- it will assist you in setting up and editing a
- ~/.fetchmailrc configuration file, by using
- a Tk GUI interface. It requires
- Python and it must have the Tkinker module
- available.
-
- fetchmailconf
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/mailnews.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/mailnews.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,37 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- Mail/News Clients
-
- Mail Clients help you retrieve (Fetchmail), sort (Procmail), read and
- compose responses (Heirloom mailx, Mutt, Pine, Kmail, Balsa, Evolution,
- SeaMonkey) to email.
-
- News clients also help you retrieve, sort, read and compose
- responses, but these messages travel through USENET (a worldwide
- bulletin board system) using the Network News Transfer Protocol
- (NNTP).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/mailx.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/mailx.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,203 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Heirloom mailx-&mailx-version;
-
-
- Heirloom mailx
-
-
-
- Introduction to Heirloom mailx
-
- The Heirloom mailx package (formerly
- known as the Nail package) contains
- mailx, a command-line Mail User Agent derived from
- Berkeley Mail. It is intended to provide the functionality of the POSIX
- mailx command with additional support for MIME messages,
- IMAP (including caching), POP3, SMTP, S/MIME, message threading/sorting,
- scoring, and filtering. Heirloom mailx is
- especially useful for writing scripts and batch processing.
-
- &lfs67_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &mailx-md5sum;
-
- Download size: &mailx-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &mailx-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &mailx-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Required patch:
- (if you intend to link this package against
- openssl)
-
-
-
- Heirloom mailx Dependencies
-
- Optional
- or
- ,
- or (for IMAP GSSAPI
- authentication), and an
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Heirloom mailx
-
- Install Heirloom mailx by running the
- following commands.
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../mailx-&mailx-version;-openssl_1_0_0_build_fix-1.patch &&
-make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install &&
-ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/mail &&
-ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/nail &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mailx-&mailx-version; &&
-install -v -m644 README mailx.1.html /usr/share/doc/mailx-&mailx-version;
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail: This changes the
- default MTA path of /usr/lib/sendmail.
-
- make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install
- install: This changes the default installation path of
- /usr/local and the default
- install command path of
- /usr/ucb.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Heirloom mailx
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/nail.rc, ~/.mailrc
- and ~/.nailrc
-
-
- /etc/nail.rc
-
-
-
- ~/.mailrc
-
-
-
- ~/.nailrc
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- mail, mailx and nail
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- mailx
-
- is a command-line mail user agent compatible with the
- mailx command found on commercial Unix
- versions.
-
- mailx
-
-
-
-
-
- mail
-
- is a symbolic link to mailx.
-
- mail
-
-
-
-
-
- nail
-
- is a symbolic link to mailx.
-
- nail
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/mutt.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/mutt.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,364 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Mutt-&mutt-version;
-
-
- mutt
-
-
-
- Introduction to Mutt
-
- The Mutt package contains a Mail User
- Agent. This is useful for reading, writing, replying to, saving, and
- deleting your email.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &mutt-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &mutt-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &mutt-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &mutt-time;
-
-
-
-
-
- Mutt Dependencies
-
- Optional
- or ,
- or ,
- an (that provides a sendmail command),
- ,
- or ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- or
-
- QDBM or
- Tokyo Cabinet, and
- GDB
-
-
- Optional (To Regenerate HTML
- Documentation)
- and either
- ,
- or
- ELinks
-
- Optional (To Generate PDF Manual)
- and
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Mutt
-
-
- This version of Mutt is a development
- release. The BLFS staff has determined that it provides a stable
- program and fixes two issues in the current stable version of
- Mutt: a segmentation fault that occurs under
- certain conditions and a compilation problem when building with recent
- versions of GCC. To find the current
- stable release, please refer to the
- Mutt home page.
-
-
- Mutt requires a group named
- mail. You can
- add this group, if it does not exist, with this command:
-
-groupadd -g 34 mail
-
- If you did not install an MTA, such as or
- , you need to modify the ownership of
- /var/mail with this command:
-
-chgrp -v mail /var/mail
-
- Install Mutt by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version; \
- --enable-pop --enable-imap \
- --enable-hcache --without-qdbm \
- --without-tokyocabinet \
- --with-gdbm --without-bdb &&
-make
-
-
-
- To generate the PDF manual with , run
- the following command:
-
-make -C doc manual.pdf
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
- If you generated the PDF manual, install it and the source TeX
- file by issuing the following command as the
- root user:
-
-install -v -m644 doc/manual.{pdf,tex} \
- /usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version;
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --enable-pop: This switch enables
- POP3 support.
-
- --enable-imap: This switch enables
- IMAP support.
-
- --enable-hcache: This switch enables
- header caching.
-
- --without-qdbm: This switch disables
- QDBM as the header cache backend.
-
- --without-tokyocabinet: This switch disables
- Tokyo Cabinet as the header cache backend.
-
-
-
- --with-gdbm: This switch enables
- GDBM as the header cache backend.
-
- --without-bdb: This switch disables
- Berkeley DB as the header cache backend.
-
- --enable-smtp: This switch enables
- SMTP relay support.
-
- --with-ssl: This parameter adds SSL/TLS
- support from in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they are
- enabled.
-
- --with-sasl: This parameter adds
- authentication support from in POP3/IMAP/SMTP
- if they are enabled. Depending on the server configuration, this may not
- be needed for POP3 or IMAP. However, it is needed for SMTP
- authentication.
-
- --with-slang: Use S-Lang
- instead of Ncurses.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Mutt
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/Muttrc, ~/.muttrc,
- /etc/mime.types, ~/.mime.types
-
-
- /etc/Muttrc
-
-
-
- ~/.muttrc
-
-
-
- /etc/mime.types
-
-
-
- ~/.mime.types
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- No changes in these files are necessary to begin using
- Mutt. When you are ready to make changes, the
- man page for muttrc is a good starting place.
-
- In order to utilize GnuPG, use the following
- command:
-
-cat /usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version;/samples/gpg.rc >> ~/.muttrc
-
- Mutt uses gpg in the
- imported sample. If you have installed and you
- do not have installed you can create a symlink
- to satisfy this condition:
-
- ln -v -s gpg2 /usr/bin/gpg
-
- If, however, you have installed and you wish
- to use , then you should edit
- ~/.muttrc by hand and change all occurances of
- gpg to gpg2.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- flea, mutt, mutt_dotlock, muttbug, pgpewrap, pgpring, and
- smime_keys
- None
- /usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- flea
-
- is a bug submitter for Mutt.
-
- flea
-
-
-
-
-
- mutt
-
- is a Mail User Agent (MUA) which enables you to read, write
- and delete your email.
-
- mutt
-
-
-
-
-
- mutt_dotlock
-
- implements the mail spool file lock.
-
- mutt_dotlock
-
-
-
-
-
- muttbug
-
- is a script that executes flea.
-
- muttbug
-
-
-
-
-
- pgpewrap
-
- prepares a command line for the
- utilities.
-
- pgpewrap
-
-
-
-
-
- pgpring
-
- is a key ring dumper for PGP. It is not needed for
- .
-
- pgpring
-
-
-
-
-
- smime_keys
-
- manages a keystore for S/MIME certificates.
-
- smime_keys
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/other.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/other.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,36 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Other Mail and News Programs
-
- is a GTK2 based newsreader program.
-
- knode is a Qt based
- newsreader program from .
-
- kmail is a Qt based mail
- client from .
-
- is a GTK2 based mail client.
-
- includes both a mail client and newsreader in
- its installation.
-
- is a mail/news client based on the
- Mozilla code base.
-
- includes a GTK2 based mail client.
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/pine.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/pine.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,281 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Pine-&pine-version;
-
-
- Pine
-
-
-
- Introduction to Pine
-
- The Pine package contains the
- Pine Mail User Agent and several
- server daemons for various mail protocols, in addition to some nice
- file and directory editing/browsing programs.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &pine-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &pine-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &pine-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &pine-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Recommended Patch:
-
-
-
- Pine Dependencies
-
- Required
-
-
- Optional
- and
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Pine
-
- Install Pine by running the following
- commands:
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../pine-&pine-version;-utf8-1.patch &&
-sed -i "s@/usr/local/lib/pine@/etc/pine@g" \
- $(grep -lr /usr/local/lib/pine *) &&
-./build DEBUG=-O MAILSPOOL=/var/mail \
- SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs slx
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-install -v -m644 doc/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
-install -v -p -m644 doc/tech-notes/*.html /usr/share/doc/pine&pine-version; &&
-install -v -m755 \
-bin/{pine,imapd,ipop2d,ipop3d,mailutil,mtest,pico,pilot,rpdump,rpload} \
- /usr/bin
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- patch -Np1 -i ../pine-&pine-version;-utf8-1.patch:
- This patch enables Pine UTF-8 and charset conversion.
-
- sed -i "s@/usr/ ... /lib/pine *): This
- sed will make Pine use /etc for configuration files. It also alters
- the documentation to reflect that.
-
- The build procedure for Pine is somewhat
- unusual, in that options usually passed as ./configure
- options or housed in $CFLAGS must all be passed on the command
- line to the ./build script.
-
- ./build slx: Pine offers
- quite a few target platforms, slx specifies Linux using
- to get the crypt function. See the
- doc/pine-ports file for more information and
- other authentication options.
-
- DEBUG=-O: This flag compiles an optimized
- version of pine and pico that
- produces no debug files.
-
- MAILSPOOL=/var/mail: Location of mail spool
- files, /var/mail.
-
- SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs: Location
- of OpenSSL files.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Pine
-
-
- Config Files
-
- ~/.pinerc
-
-
- ~/.pinerc
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- The pine executable needs no global configuration to
- use. Users set Pine options in
- ~/.pinerc using an internal configuration menu.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- imapd, ipop2d, ipop3d, mtest, pico, pilot, pine, rpdump, and rpload
- None
- /usr/share/doc/pine&pine-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- imapd
-
- is the IMAP server daemon.
-
- pine
-
-
-
-
-
- ipop2d
-
- is an IMAP to POP2 conversion server.
-
- ipop2d
-
-
-
-
-
- ipop3d
-
- is an IMAP to POP3 conversion server.
-
- ipop3d
-
-
-
-
-
- metest
-
- is a minimal IMAP mail user agent, used for debugging.
-
- mtest
-
-
-
-
-
- pico
-
- is a stand-alone editor, similar to the
- Pine internal message composer.
-
- pico
-
-
-
-
-
- pilot
-
- is a file and directory navigator and browser.
-
- pilot
-
-
-
-
-
- pine
-
- is the Pine mail user agent.
-
- pine
-
-
-
-
-
- rpdump
-
- is used to copy data from remote Pine
- configuration files or address books into a local file.
-
- rpdump
-
-
-
-
-
- rpload
-
- is the Pine remote data utility, used to
- convert local Pine configuration files or address
- books into remote configurations or address books.
-
- rpload
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/procmail.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/procmail.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,196 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Procmail-&procmail-version;
-
-
- Procmail
-
-
-
- Introduction to Procmail
-
- The Procmail package contains an autonomous
- mail processor. This is useful for filtering and sorting incoming mail.
-
- &lfs67_built;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &procmail-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &procmail-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &procmail-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &procmail-time;
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Procmail
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Install Procmail by running the following
- commands as the root user:
-
-sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch] &&
-make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install &&
-make install-suid
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch]: This renames
- procmail's getline function to avoid conflict with the getline function from
- glibc.
-
- make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install: This prevents
- make from asking you where to test file-locking
- patterns.
-
- make install-suid: Modifies permissions of
- the installed files.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Procmail
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/procmailrc and
- ~/.procmailrc
-
-
- ~/.procmailrc
-
-
-
- /etc/procmailrc
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- Recipes have to be written and placed in
- ~/.procmailrc for execution. The procmailex man
- page is the starting place to learn how to write recipes.
- For additional information, see also
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- formail, lockfile, mailstat and procmail
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- formail
-
- is a filter that can be used to format mail into mailbox format.
-
- formail
-
-
-
-
-
- lockfile
-
- is a utility that can lock a file for single use interactively or in a
- script.
-
- lockfile
-
-
-
-
-
- mailstat
-
- prints a summary report of mail that has been filtered by
- procmail since the last time mailstat
- was ran.
-
- mailstat
-
-
-
-
-
- procmail
-
- is an autonomous mail processor. It performs all the functions
- of an MDA (Mail Delivery Agent).
-
- procmail
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/slrn.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/slrn.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,207 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Slrn-&slrn-version;
-
-
- Slrn
-
-
-
- Introduction to Slrn
-
- slrn is a slang-based news reader, capable of
- reading local news spools as well as groups from an NNTP server. Small local news
- spools can also be created with the use of the slrnpull
- program included in the slrn distribution.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &slrn-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &slrn-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &slrn-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &slrn-time;
-
-
-
- Slrn Dependencies
-
- Required
- and
- an
-
- Optional
- ,
- GnuTLS,
- UUDeview,
- INN and
- libcanlock
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Slrn
-
- Install slrn by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --with-slrnpull --enable-spool &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --with-slrnpull --enable-spool: These
- switches enable building the slrnpull
- executable.
-
- : This switch adds
- OpenSSL support to
- slrn.
-
- : This switch adds
- UUDeview support to
- slrn.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Slrn
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/slrn.rc,
- ~/.slrnrc
-
-
- /etc/slrn.rc
-
-
-
- ~/.slrnrc
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- The first time slrn is run, the
- ~/.jnewsrc file must be created. For this configuration
- to work, you must have an environmental variable, NNTPSERVER,
- set. In normal operation it would be exported into the environment by a startup file,
- like /etc/profile or ~/.bashrc. Here it
- is just put it into the environment of the configuration step. For now, the LFS news
- server is used in this example, but you should use whatever server you prefer.
-
- Create the ~/.jnewsrc file with the following
- command:
-
-NNTPSERVER=<news.&lfs-domainname;> \
- slrn -f ~/.jnewsrc --create
-
-
- ~/.jnewsrc
-
-
- You will also have to edit one of the configuration files. There is a sample
- startup /usr/share/doc/slrn/slrn.rc file that comes with
- slrn. It is extensively documented but if you need more
- information, look at the
- slrn website.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- slrn and slrnpull
- None
- /usr/share/slrn and usr/share/doc/slrn
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- slrn
-
- is the slang-based news reader.
-
- slrn
-
-
-
-
-
- slrnpull
-
- is used to pull a small news feed from an NNTP server for offline
- reading.
-
- slrnpull
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/mailnews/tin.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/mailnews/tin.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,304 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- TIN-&tin-version;
-
-
- TIN
-
-
-
- Introduction to TIN
-
- TIN is a threaded NNTP and spool based
- console-mode UseNet newsreader. It supports threading, scoring,
- different charsets, and many other useful things. It has also support for
- different languages.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &tin-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &tin-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &tin-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &tin-time;
-
-
-
- TIN Dependencies
-
- Optional
- ,
- ,
- an that provides the
- sendmail command or ,
- ,
-
- ,
- INN,
- UUDeview,
- Socks,
- Metamail,
- and
- Dmalloc
- or
- dbmalloc
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of TIN
-
- Install TIN by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --with-screen=ncursesw \
- --enable-nntp-only --disable-printing &&
-make build
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-make install_sysdefs &&
-rm -vf doc/*.? &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tin-&tin-version; &&
-install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/tin-&tin-version;
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --with-screen=ncursesw: This switch forces
- the use of wide-character functions from the ncursesw library (for UTF-8
- and Asian languages support).
-
- --enable-nntp-only: Reading news from a local
- spool is disabled with this switch. Don't use this if you have installed
- INN and want to use its spool.
-
- --disable-printing: This switch disables
- printing since TIN cannot send non-ASCII text
- to the printer correctly. Remove this switch if you can tolerate this
- limitation.
-
- --with-editor: This switch sets the default
- editor used by TIN. The default is
- vi.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring TIN
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/tin/tinrc,
- ~/.tin/tinrc,
- ~/.newsrc,
- /etc/tin/tin.defaults,
- /etc/tin/mime.types,
- /etc/tin/keymap and
- /etc/mailcap
-
-
- /etc/tin/tinrc
-
-
-
- ~/.tin/tinrc
-
-
-
- ~/.newsrc
-
-
-
- /etc/tin/tin.defaults
-
-
-
- /etc/tin/keymap
-
-
-
- /etc/mailcap
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- Set some global defaults for TIN by
- running the following commands as the
- root user:
-
-cat > /etc/tin/tinrc << "EOF"
-use_mouse=ON
-getart_limit=100
-translit=ON
-EOF
-
- Now, as an unprivileged user, subscribe to some newsgroups,
- specify the news server, and run tin:
-
-cat >> ~/.newsrc << "EOF"
-gmane.linux.lfs.devel:
-gmane.linux.lfs.beyond.devel:
-EOF
-export NNTPSERVER=news.gmane.org
-tin -Q
-
- For printing, TIN executes the
- lpr command. This can be provided by
- or .
-
- If you do not have the metamail program,
- TIN will use an internal parser for multipart
- MIME articles. Alternatively, you can use Mutt
- for MIME parsing through the metamutt shell script.
- This requires both the and
- programs. To use metamutt,
- set in
- tin.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directory
-
-
- tin, rtin, tinews.pl, metamutt, opt-case.pl, w2r.pl,
- and url_handler.sh
- None
- /etc/tin
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- tin
-
- is a UseNet news reader.
-
- tin
-
-
-
-
-
- rtin
-
- is a symbolic link to tin.
-
- rtin
-
-
-
-
-
- tinews.pl
-
- posts and signs an article via NNTP.
-
- tinews.pl
-
-
-
-
-
- metamutt
-
- is a replacement of metamail using
- Mutt.
-
- metamutt
-
-
-
-
-
- opt-case.pl
-
- optimizes case insensitive regexp filters for tin.
-
- opt-case.pl
-
-
-
-
-
- w2r.pl
-
- converts tin wildmat filters to tin regexp filters.
-
- w2r.pl
-
-
-
-
-
- url_handler.sh
-
- calls a web browser for viewing hyperlinks.
-
- url_handler.sh
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/curl.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/curl.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,196 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- cURL-&curl-version;
-
-
- cURL
-
-
-
- Introduction to cURL
-
- The cURL package contains
- curl and its support library
- libcurl. This is useful for
- transferring files with URL syntax to any of the following protocols:
- FTP, FTPS, HTTP, HTTPS, SCP, SFTP, TFTP, TELNET, DICT, LDAP, LDAPS and FILE.
- This ability to both download and upload files can be incorporated into other
- programs to support functions like streaming media.
-
- &lfs70_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &curl-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &curl-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &curl-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &curl-time;
-
-
-
- cURL Dependencies
-
- Optional
-
- or ,
- ,
- ,
- or ,
- libssh2
- (for secure transfers),
- krb4,
- SPNEGO, and
- c-ares
-
- Optional for Running the Test Suite
- (for the HTTPS and FTPS tests)
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of cURL
-
- Install cURL by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check. Note that
- if you have Stunnel and
- TCP Wrapper installed and you wish to perform
- the HTTPS tests, you'll need to have an unrestrictive
- /etc/hosts.deny file.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm &&
-install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/curl-&curl-version; &&
-cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/curl-&curl-version;
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- :
- This parameter adds Kerberos 5 support to
- libcurl.
-
- :
- This parameter adds SSH2 protocol support to
- libcurl.
-
- :
- To build with GnuTLS
- support instead of OpenSSL for SSL/TLS.
-
- find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1"
- -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm: This command removes
- Makefiles and man files from the documentation
- directory that would otherwise be installed by the commands that
- follow.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Library
- Installed Directories
-
-
- curl and curl-config
- libcurl.{so,a}
- /usr/include/curl, /usr/share/curl
- and /usr/share/doc/curl-&curl-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- curl
-
- is a command line tool for transferring files with URL syntax.
-
-
- curl
-
-
-
-
-
- curl-config
-
- prints information about the last compile, like libraries
- linked to and prefix setting.
-
- curl-config
-
-
-
-
-
- libcurl.{so,a}
-
- provides the API functions required by
- curl and other programs.
-
- libcurl.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/gnet.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/gnet.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,122 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- GNet-&gnet-version;
-
-
- GNet
-
-
-
- Introduction to GNet
-
- The GNet package contains a simple network
- library. This is useful for supporting TCP sockets, UDP and IP multicast,
- asynchronous DNS lookup, and more.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &gnet-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &gnet-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &gnet-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &gnet-time;
-
-
-
- GNet Dependencies
-
- Required
- or
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of GNet
-
- Install GNet by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Library
- Installed Directories
-
-
- None
- libgnet-2.0.{so,a}
- /usr/include/gnet-2.0, /usr/lib/gnet-2.0 and
- /usr/share/doc/libgnet2.0-dev or /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnet
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- libgnet-2.0.{so,a}
-
- is a simple network library written in C. It is
- object-oriented and built upon GLib. It is
- intended to be easy to use and port.
-
- libgnet-2.0.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/libnice.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/libnice.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,166 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- libnice-&libnice-version;
-
-
- libnice
-
-
-
- Introduction to libnice
-
- The libnice package is an implementation of
- the IETF's draft Interactice Connectivity Establishment standard (ICE). It
- provides GLib-based library,
- libnice and GStreamer
- elements.
-
- &lfs65_built;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &libnice-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &libnice-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &libnice-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &libnice-time;
-
-
-
- libnice Dependencies
-
- Required
-
-
- Optional
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of libnice
-
- Install libnice by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- : This option enables GStreamer functionality.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- stunbdc and stund
- libnice.{so,a} and libgstnice.{so,a}
- /usr/{include/{nice,stun/usages},share/gtk-doc/html/libnice}
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
-
-
- libnice.{so,a}
-
- contains the libnice API functions.
-
- libnice.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
- libgstnice.{so,a}
-
- is the gstreamer module.
-
- libgstnice.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/libpcap.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/libpcap.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,149 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- libpcap-&libpcap-version;
-
-
- Libpcap
-
-
-
- Introduction to libpcap
-
- libpcap provides functions for user-level
- packet capture, used in low-level network monitoring.
-
- &lfs65_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &libpcap-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &libpcap-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &libpcap-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &libpcap-time;
-
-
-
- libpcap Dependencies
-
- Optional
- Software distribution for the
- DAG and
- Septel range of passive
- network monitoring cards and
- BlueZ
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of libpcap
-
- Install libpcap by running the
- following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Library
- Installed Directory
-
-
- libpcap-config
- libpcap.a
- /usr/include/pcap
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- libpcap-config
-
- provides configuration information for libpcap.
-
- libpcap-config
-
-
-
-
-
- libpcap.a
-
- is a library used for user-level packet capture.
-
- libpcap.a
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/libproxy.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/libproxy.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,164 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- libproxy-&libproxy-version;
-
-
- libproxy
-
-
-
- Introduction to libproxy
-
- The libproxy package is a library that
- provides automatic proxy configuration management. This is useful in
- standardizing a way of dealing with proxy settings across all
- scenarios.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &libproxy-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &libproxy-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &libproxy-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &libproxy-time;
-
-
-
- libproxy Dependencies
-
- Recommended
- (Required if building GNOME)
-
- Optional
- ,
- ,
- ,
- WebKit, and
- NetworkManager
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of libproxy
-
- Install libproxy by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- : This option builds the GNOME
- configuration plugin.
-
- : This option builds the KDE configuration
- plugin.
-
- : This option builds the WebKit
- JavaScriptCore PAC runner plugin.
-
- : This option builds the Mozilla
- JavaScript PAC runner plugin.
-
- : This option builds the
- NetworkManager plugin.
-
- : This option builds the Python
- bindings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Library
- Installed Directory
-
-
- proxy
- libproxy.{so,a}, and various
- libproxy plugins
- /usr/lib/libproxy/&libproxy-version;/plugins
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- proxy
-
- is a sample interactive program which lists an array of
- proxies to use based on a url typed.
-
- proxy
-
-
-
-
-
- libproxy.{so,a}
-
- contains the libproxy API functions.
-
- libproxy.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/libsoup.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/libsoup.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,162 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- libsoup-&libsoup-version;
-
-
- Libsoup
-
-
-
- Introduction to libsoup
-
- The libsoup package contains an
- HTTP library implementation in C. This is
- useful for accessing HTTP servers in a completely asynchronous mode.
-
- &lfs65_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &libsoup-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &libsoup-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &libsoup-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &libsoup-time;
-
-
-
- libsoup Dependencies
-
- Required
- and
-
-
- Recommended
- ,
- ,
- , and
- (The latter three are required if building GNOME)
-
- Optional
- ,
- ,
- (required to run the test suite), and
- compiled with
- XMLRPC-EPI
- support (only used for the XMLRPC regression tests)
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of libsoup
-
- Install libsoup by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
-
-
- : Use this parameter if you will
- NOT be installing
- GNOME.
-
- : Use this parameter if you wish to
- disable SSL/TLS support.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- None
- libsoup-2.4.{so,a} and libsoup-gnome-2.4.{so,a}
- /usr/{include/{libsoup-2.4/libsoup,libsoup-gnome-2.4/libsoup},
- share/gtk-doc/html/libsoup-2.4}
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- libsoup-2.4.{so,a}
-
- provides functions for asynchronous HTTP connections.
-
- libsoup-2.4.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
- libsoup-gnome-2.4.{so,a}
-
- provides GNOME specific features.
-
- libsoup-gnome-2.4.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/neon.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/neon.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,156 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- neon-&neon-version;
-
-
- neon
-
-
-
- Introduction to neon
-
- The neon package is an HTTP and WebDAV
- client library, with a C interface.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &neon-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &neon-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &neon-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &neon-time;
-
-
-
- neon Dependencies
-
- Required
- or
-
-
- Optional
- or
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of neon
-
- Install neon by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --enable-shared: This parameter is needed to
- build the shared libraries, otherwise only static libraries are built and
- installed.
-
- : This option enables SSL support
- using openssl.
-
- : This option enables SSL support
- using gnutls.
-
- : This option forces the use of
- libxml2.
-
- : This option forces the use of
- expat.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Library
- Installed Directories
-
-
- neon-config
- libneon.{so,a}
- /usr/{include/neon,share/doc/neon-0.29.6/html}
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- neon-config
-
- is a script which provides information about an installed copy
- of the neon library.
-
- neon-config
-
-
-
-
-
- libneon.{so,a}
-
- is used as a high-level interface to common HTTP and WebDAV
- methods.
-
- libneon.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netlibs/netlibs.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netlibs/netlibs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,35 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Networking Libraries
-
- These applications are support libraries for other applications in
- the book. It is unlikely that you would just install these libraries, you will
- generally find that you will be referred to this chapter to satisfy a
- dependency of other applications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/cvs.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/cvs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,272 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- CVS-&cvs-version;
-
-
- CVS
-
-
-
- Introduction to CVS
-
- CVS is the Concurrent Versions System.
- This is a version control system useful for projects using a central
- repository to hold files and then track all changes made to those files.
- These instructions install the client used to manipulate the repository,
- creation of a repository is covered at .
-
- &lfssvn_checked;20101029&lfssvn_checked2;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &cvs-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &cvs-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &cvs-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &cvs-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Recommended patch:
-
-
-
- CVS Dependencies
-
- Optional
-
- ,
- ,
- krb4,
- or
- (for the GSSAPI libraries),
- , and
- an (that provides a
- sendmail command)
-
- CVS will invoke a default text editor to
- create a commit message if the -m "Commit message"
- parameter was not used when changes are committed to a repository.
- CVS looks for the following text editors, in the
- order shown below, during configuration to determine the default. This
- default can always be overridden by the CVSEDITOR or
- EDITOR environment variables and can be specified directly
- by passing the parameter to the
- configure script.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- (for Pico)
-
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of CVS
-
- By default CVS is statically linked
- against the Zlib library included in its source
- tree. This makes it exposed to possible security vulnerabilities in that
- library. If you want to modify CVS to use the
- system shared Zlib library, apply the following
- patch:
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../cvs-&cvs-version;-zlib-1.patch
-
- Install CVS by running
- the following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- If you have or
- installed and wish to create DVI, Postscript, HTML or text docs from the
- documentation source files, issue the following command:
-
-make -C doc html txt dvi ps
-
- To test the results, issue: make check. This will
- take quite a while. If you don't have rsh configured for
- access to the host you are building on (or you didn't pass the
- parameter to the configure
- script, some tests may fail. If you passed the
- parameter to enable ssh
- as the default remote shell program, you'll need to issue the following
- command so that the tests will complete without any failures:
-
-sed -e 's/rsh};/ssh};/' \
- -e 's/g=rw,o=r$/g=r,o=r/' \
- -i src/sanity.sh
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version; &&
-install -v -m644 FAQ README /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version; &&
-install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;
-
- If you created any additional documentation, install it by issuing
- the following commands as the
- root user:
-
-install -v -m644 doc/*.{ps,dvi,txt} /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version; &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;/html/cvs{,client} &&
-install -v -m644 doc/cvs.html/* \
- /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;/html/cvs &&
-install -v -m644 doc/cvsclient.html/* \
- /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;/html/cvsclient
-
-
-
-
- Configuring CVS
-
-
- Config Files
-
- ~/.cvsrc, ~/.cvswrappers,
- and ~/.cvspass.
-
-
- ~/.cvsrc
-
-
-
- ~/.cvswrappers
-
-
-
- ~/.cvspass
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- ~/.cvsrc is the main
- CVS configuration file.
- This file is used by users to specify defaults for different
- cvs commands. For example, to make all
- cvs diff commands run with , a user
- would add to their .cvsrc
- file.
-
- ~/.cvswrappers specifies wrappers to be used in
- addition to those specified in the CVSROOT/cvswrappers
- file in the repository.
-
- ~/.cvspass contains passwords used to complete
- logins to servers.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- cvs, cvsbug, and rcs2log
- None
- /usr/share/cvs and /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- cvs
-
- is the main program file for the concurrent versions system.
-
- cvs
-
-
-
-
-
- cvsbug
-
- is used to send problem reports about CVS
- to a central support site.
-
- cvsbug
-
-
-
-
-
- rcs2log
-
- is a symlink to the contributed RCS to Change Log
- generator.
-
- rcs2log
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/ggz-client-libs.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/ggz-client-libs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,174 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- ggz-client-libs-&ggz-client-libs-version;
-
-
- ggz-client-libs
-
-
-
- Introduction to ggz-client-libs
-
- The ggz-client-libs package provides the
- common procedures and utilities required to run the GGZ client and games.
- The routines are shared by other modules in order to ease coding and promote
- compatibility and stability.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &ggz-client-libs-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &ggz-client-libs-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &ggz-client-libs-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &ggz-client-libs-time;
-
-
-
- ggz-client-libs Dependencies
-
- Required
- and
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of ggz-client-libs
-
- Install ggz-client-libs by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --sysconfdir=/etc &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directory
-
-
- ggz, ggz-config, ggz-wrapper, and ggzwrap
- libggzcore.{so,a} and libggzmod.{so,a}
- /usr/lib/ggz
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- ggz
-
- is the GGZ Gaming Zone core client selector.
-
- ggz
-
-
-
-
-
- ggz-config
-
- is the GGZ Gaming Zone configuration manager.
-
- ggz-config
-
-
-
-
-
- ggz-wrapper
-
- is the GGZ Gaming Zone command line core client.
-
- ggz-wrapper
-
-
-
-
-
- ggzwrap
-
- is the GGZ Gaming Zone game client wrapper.
-
- ggzwrap
-
-
-
-
-
- libggzcore.{so,a}
-
- handles the connection of a client application to the GGZ
- server.
-
- libggzcore.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
- libggzmod.{so,a}
-
- facilitates the messaging from and to a GGZ core client in a
- game client.
-
- libggzmod.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/inetutils.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/inetutils.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,305 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Inetutils-&inetutils-version;
-
-
- Inetutils
-
-
-
- Introduction to Inetutils
-
- The Inetutils package contains network
- clients and servers. If you are building on an LFS platform, this package
- was installed during LFS and only the clients (telnet, ftp, etc.) were
- installed. These instructions allow you to install the server programs.
- Note that most of the Inetutils servers are
- insecure and should only be used on trusted networks.
-
- &lfssvn_checked;20101029&lfssvn_checked2;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &inetutils-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &inetutils-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &inetutils-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &inetutils-time;
-
-
-
-
-
- Inetutils Dependencies
-
- Optional
- ,
- ,
- krb4, and
- or
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Inetutils
-
-
-
- Install Inetutils by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
- --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --localstatedir=/var \
- --disable-logger \
- --disable-syslogd \
- --disable-whois \
- --disable-ifconfig \
- --disable-hostname \
- --disable-clients &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --disable-logger: This switch prevents
- Inetutils installing a logger
- program, which is installed in the LFS book.
-
- --disable-syslogd: This switch prevents
- Inetutils installing a system log daemon, which is
- installed in the LFS book.
-
- : This switch prevents
- Inetutils installing an outdated
- whois client. Add this option if you plan on installing
- .
-
- : This switch prevents
- Inetutils installing an
- ifconfig command. Use this parameter if you have
- Net-Tools installed and wish to keep its version
- of ifconfig.
-
- : This switch prevents
- Inetutils installing a
- hostname command. Use this parameter if you have
- the original version supplied in LFS during the
- Coreutils package, or if you have the version
- supplied by the Net-Tools package. If you wish
- to keep these versions of ifconfig, use this
- parameter.
-
- --disable-clients: This switch prevents
- Inetutils installing any of the client programs
- (most of which were build during LFS) and only installs the server
- programs.
-
- : This switch makes
- Inetutils compile against
- tcp-wrappers. Add this option if you want to
- utilize tcp-wrappers.
-
- : This switch makes
- Inetutils link against
- Linux-PAM libraries.
- Add this option if you want to utilize PAM.
-
- : Some of the servers included with
- Inetutils are insecure in nature and in some cases
- better alternatives exist. You can choose this switch to enable only the
- servers you need, avoiding the installation of unneeded servers.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
- A list of the installed programs not included here, along with their
- short descriptions can be found at
- .
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- ftpd, hostname, ifconfig, inetd, rexecd, rlogind, rshd,
- talkd, telnetd, tftpd, uucpd and whois
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- ftpd
-
- is a DARPA Internet File Transfer Protocol Server.
-
- ftpd
-
-
-
-
-
- inetd
-
- is an Internet super-server. Note that the
- package provides a much better server that does the same thing.
-
- inetd
-
-
-
-
-
- rexecd
-
- is a remote execution server.
-
- rexecd
-
-
-
-
-
- rlogind
-
- is a remote login server.
-
- rlogind
-
-
-
-
-
- rshd
-
- is a remote shell server.
-
- rshd
-
-
-
-
-
- talkd
-
- is a remote user communication server.
-
- talkd
-
-
-
-
-
- telnetd
-
- is a DARPA TELNET protocol server.
-
- telnetd
-
-
-
-
-
- tftpd
-
- is an Internet Trivial File Transfer Protocol server.
-
- tftpd
-
-
-
-
-
- uucpd
-
- is a server for supporting UUCP
- connections over networks.
-
- uucpd
-
-
-
-
-
- whois
-
- is a client for the whois directory service. Note that the
- package provides a much better client.
-
- whois
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/ncftp.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/ncftp.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,261 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
-NcFTP-&ncftp-version;
-
-
- NcFTP
-
-
-
- Introduction to NcFTP
-
- The NcFTP package contains
- a powerful and flexible interface to the Internet standard File Transfer
- Protocol. It is intended to replace or supplement the stock
- ftp program.
-
- &lfs65_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &ncftp-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &ncftp-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &ncftp-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &ncftp-time;
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of NcFTP
-
- There are two ways to build NcFTP.
- The first (and optimal) way builds most of the functionality as a shared library
- and then builds and installs the program linked against this library. The
- second method simply links all of the functionality into the binary statically.
- This doesn't make the dynamic library available for linking by other applications.
- You need to choose which method best suits you. Note that the second method
- does not create an entirely statically linked binary;
- only the libncftp parts are statically
- linked in, in this case. Be aware that building and using the shared library is
- covered by the Clarified Artistic License; however, developing applications that
- utilize the shared library is subject to a different license.
-
- To install NcFTP using the
- first (and optimal) method, run the following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
-make -C libncftp shared &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make -C libncftp soinstall &&
-make install
-
- To install NcFTP using the
- second method (with the libncftp
- functionality linked in statically) run the following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- make -C ... && make -C ...:
- These commands make and install the dynamic library libncftp which is then used to link
- against when compiling the main program.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring NcFTP
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/ncftp.* and
- ~/.ncftp/*; especially
- /etc/ncftp.prefs_v3 and
- ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3
-
-
- ~/.ncftp/*
-
-
-
- /etc/ncftp.*
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- Most NcFTP configuration
- is done while in the program, and the configuration files are dealt with
- automatically. One exception to this is ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3.
- There are various options to alter in there, including:
-
-yes-i-know-about-NcFTPd=yes
-
- This disables the splash screen advertising the
- NcFTPd server.
-
- There are other options in the prefs_v3 file.
- Most of these are self-explanatory. Global defaults can be set in
- /etc/ncftp.prefs_v3.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Library
- Installed Directories
-
-
- ncftp, ncftpbatch, ncftpbookmarks, ncftpget,
- ncftpls, ncftpput, and ncftpspooler
- libncftp.so
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- ncftp
-
- is a browser program for File Transfer Protocol.
-
- ncftp
-
-
-
-
-
- ncftpbatch
-
- is an individual batch FTP job processor.
-
- ncftpbatch
-
-
-
-
-
- ncftpbookmarks
-
- is the NcFTP Bookmark Editor
- (NCurses-based).
-
- ncftpbookmarks
-
-
-
-
-
- ncftpget
-
- is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to
- retrieve files.
-
- ncftpget
-
-
-
-
-
- ncftpls
-
- is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to
- list files.
-
- ncftpls
-
-
-
-
-
- ncftpput
-
- is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to
- transfer files.
-
- ncftpput
-
-
-
-
-
- ncftpspooler
-
- is a global batch FTP job processor daemon.
-
- ncftpspooler
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/ncpfs.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/ncpfs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,235 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- NCPFS-&ncpfs-version;
-
-
- NCPFS
-
-
-
- Introduction to NCPFS
-
- The NCPFS package
- contains client and administration tools for use with Novell
- networks.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &ncpfs-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &ncpfs-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &ncpfs-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &ncpfs-time;
-
-
-
- NCPFS Dependencies
-
- Optional
- and
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of NCPFS
-
- Install NCPFS by running
- the following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix="" --includedir=/usr/include \
- --mandir=/usr/share/man --datadir=/usr/share &&
-make &&
-make install &&
-make install-dev
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --prefix="":
- Installs binaries on the root partition so that they are available at
- boot time. This may not be ideal for all systems. If
- /usr is mounted locally,
- --prefix=/usr may be a better option.
-
- --includedir=/usr/include: Tells
- configure to look in
- /usr/include for header
- files. It also tells make to install
- NCPFS's headers here.
-
- --mandir=/usr/share/man: Installs the man
- pages in the correct location.
-
- --datadir=/usr/share: Correctly installs the
- locale files to /usr/share.
-
-
- If you do not need to use the IPX protocol, or you use a different
- IPX package, you can optionally pass and/or
- to the configure
- script to disable these options.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuring NCPFS
-
-
- Config Files
-
- ~/.nwclient
-
-
- ~/.nwclient
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- A config file ~/.nwclient should be placed in the
- home directory of each user that intends to use
- NCPFS. The permissions on this file should be set
- to 600, for obvious security reasons. The configuration file should contain
- a single line per server that the user will use. Each line should contain
- the server name, the user name, and optionally the password. Below is a
- sample .nwclient file.
-
-# Begin example ~/.nwclient config file
-
-Server1/User1 Password
-Server2/User1
-Server2/Guest1 -
-
-# End example .nwclient config file
-
- The syntax for the .nwclient file is simple,
- server_name/user_name password. Be extremely
- careful when creating or editing this file as the client utilities are
- very picky about syntax. There should always be a space immediately
- after the username. If this space is substituted by a tab or multiple
- spaces, you will not get the expected results when attempting to use
- the NCPFS tools. If no password is supplied,
- the client utilities will ask for a password when it is needed. If no
- password is needed, for instance when using a guest account, a single '-'
- should be put in place of a password.
-
- It should be noted that ncpmount
- is not intended to mount individual volumes because each mount point
- creates a separate client connection to the Novell server. Mounting
- each individual volume separately would be unwise, as mounting all
- volumes on a server under one mount point uses only one client
- connection.
-
-
-
-
- Boot Script
-
- If you need to set up the IPX protocol at boot, you can install the
- /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/ipx
- network service script included with the
- package.
-
-
- ncpfs (IPX service script)
-
-
-make install-service-ipx
-
- Next install the
- /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/ipx
- configuration file with the following commands:
-
-install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
-cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/ipx << "EOF"
-ONBOOT="yes"
-SERVICE="ipx"
-FRAME="<802.2>"
-EOF
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Client Utilities
- Server Admin Utilities
- IPX Interface Utilities
- Other Utilities
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- ncpmount, ncpumountt, nprintt, nsendt, nwpasswdt,
- nwsfindt, pqlistt, pqrmt, pqstatt, and slist
- ncopyt, nwbocreatet, nwbolst, nwbopropst, nwbormt,
- nwbpaddt, nwbpcreatet, nwbprmt, nwbpsett, nwbpvaluest,
- nwdirt, nwdpvaluest, nwfsctrlt, nwfsinfot, nwfstimet, nwgrantt,
- nwpurget, nwrevoket, nwrightst, nwtrusteet, nwtrustee2t,
- nwuserlistt, and nwvolinfo
- ipx_cmdt, ipx_configuret, ipx_interfacet, ipx_internal_nett,
- and ipx_route
- ncpmap and nwauth
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/net-tools.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/net-tools.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,338 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Net-tools-&net-tools-version;
-
-
- Net-tools
-
-
-
- Introduction to Net-tools
-
- The Net-tools package is a collection
- of programs for controlling the network subsystem of the Linux
- kernel.
-
- &lfs65_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &net-tools-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &net-tools-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &net-tools-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &net-tools-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Required Patch:
-
-
- Required Patch:
-
-
- Required Patch:
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Net-tools
-
-
- The Net-tools package installs a
- hostname program which will overwrite the existing
- program installed by Coreutils during a base
- LFS installation. If, for whatever reason, you need to reinstall the
- Coreutils package after installing
- Net-tools, you should remove
- --enable-install-program=hostname from the Coreutils
- configure command in LFS if you wish to preserve the
- Net-toolshostname
- program.
-
-
- The
- instructions below automate the configuration process by piping
- yes to the make config command. If
- you wish to run the interactive configuration process (by changing the
- instruction to just make config), but you are not sure
- how to answer all the questions, then just accept the defaults. This will
- be just fine in the majority of cases. What you're asked here is a bunch of
- questions about which network protocols you've enabled in your kernel. The
- default answers will enable the tools from this package to work with the
- most common protocols: TCP, PPP, and several others. You still need to
- actually enable these protocols in the kernel—what you do here is
- merely tell the package to include support for those protocols in its
- programs, but it's up to the kernel to make the protocols available.
-
- Install Net-tools by running the
- following commands:
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-&net-tools-version;-gcc34-3.patch &&
-patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-&net-tools-version;-kernel_headers-2.patch &&
-patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-&net-tools-version;-mii_ioctl-1.patch &&
-yes "" | make config &&
-sed -i -e 's|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 1|g' \
- -e 's|HAVE_MII 0|HAVE_MII 1|g' config.h &&
-sed -i -e 's|# HAVE_IP_TOOLS=0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS=1|g' \
- -e 's|# HAVE_MII=0|HAVE_MII=1|g' config.make &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make update
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- yes "" | make config: Piping yes
- to make config skips the interactive configuration and
- accepts the defaults.
-
- sed -i -e ...: These two seds
- change the configuration files to force building the
- ipmaddr, iptunnel and
- mii-tool programs.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- arp, dnsdomainname, domainname, hostname,
- ifconfig, ipmaddr, iptunnel, mii-tool, nameif, netstat,
- nisdomainname, plipconfig, rarp, route, slattach, and
- ypdomainname
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- arp
-
- is used to manipulate the kernel's ARP cache, usually
- to add or delete an entry, or to dump the entire cache.
-
- arp
-
-
-
-
-
- dnsdomainname
-
- reports the system's DNS domain name.
-
- dnsdomainname
-
-
-
-
-
- domainname
-
- reports or sets the system's NIS/YP domain name.
-
- domainname
-
-
-
-
-
- hostname
-
- reports or sets the name of the current host system.
-
- hostname
-
-
-
-
-
- ifconfig
-
- is the main utility for configuring network interfaces.
-
- ifconfig
-
-
-
-
-
- ipmaddr
-
- adds, deletes and shows an interface's multicast addresses.
-
- ipmaddr
-
-
-
-
-
- iptunnel
-
- adds, changes, deletes and shows an interface's tunnels.
-
- iptunnel
-
-
-
-
-
- mii-tool
-
- checks or sets the status of a network interface's Media Independent
- Interface (MII) unit.
-
- mii-tool
-
-
-
-
-
- nameif
-
- names network interfaces based on MAC addresses.
-
- nameif
-
-
-
-
-
- netstat
-
- is used to report network connections, routing tables, and interface
- statistics.
-
- netstat
-
-
-
-
-
- nisdomainname
-
- does the same as domainname.
-
- nisdomainname
-
-
-
-
-
- plipconfig
-
- is used to fine tune the PLIP device parameters, to
- improve its performance.
-
- plipconfig
-
-
-
-
-
- rarp
-
- is used to manipulate the kernel's RARP table.
-
- rarp
-
-
-
-
-
- route
-
- is used to manipulate the IP routing table.
-
- route
-
-
-
-
-
- slattach
-
- attaches a network interface to a serial line. This allows you to use
- normal terminal lines for point-to-point links to other computers.
-
- slattach
-
-
-
-
-
- ypdomainname
-
- does the same as domainname.
-
- ypdomainname
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/netprogs.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/netprogs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,41 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Basic Networking Programs
-
- These applications are generally client applications used to
- access the appropriate server across the building or across the world.
- Tcpwrappers and portmap
- are support programs for daemons that you may have running on your machine.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/nfs-utils-client.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/nfs-utils-client.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,27 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- NFS Utilities-&nfs-utils-version; Client
-
- The NFS Utilities package provides NFS server functionality as well
- as client software such as mount.nfs or umount.nfs.
- If you want to install it, the instructions can be
- found in Chapter 19 – . Note that if you only
- want to use the client, you do not need to run the server
- and so do not need the startup script and links. In accordance with good
- practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know
- whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/ntp.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/ntp.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,330 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- ntp-&ntp-version;
-
-
- ntp
-
-
-
- Introduction to ntp
-
- The ntp package contains a
- client and server to keep the time synchronized between various computers over
- a network. This package is the official reference implementation of the
- NTP protocol.
-
- &lfs70_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &ntp-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &ntp-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &ntp-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &ntp-time;
-
-
-
-
- ntp Dependencies
-
- Optional
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of ntp
-
- Install ntp by running
- the following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --with-binsubdir=sbin &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ntp-&ntp-version; &&
-cp -v -R html/* /usr/share/doc/ntp-&ntp-version;/
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --with-binsubdir=sbin: This parameter places
- the administrative programs in /usr/sbin.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring ntp
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/ntp.conf
-
-
- /etc/ntp.conf
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- The following configuration file defines various ntp servers
- with open access from different continents. It also creates a
- drift file where ntpd stores the frequency
- offset and a pid file to store the ntpd process
- ID. Since the documentation included with the package is sparse,
- visit the ntp website at and
- for more information.
-
-cat > /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
-# Africa
-server tock.nml.csir.co.za
-
-# Asia
-server 0.asia.pool.ntp.org
-
-# Australia
-server 0.oceania.pool.ntp.org
-
-# Europe
-server 0.europe.pool.ntp.org
-
-# North America
-server 0.north-america.pool.ntp.org
-
-# South America
-server 2.south-america.pool.ntp.org
-
-driftfile /var/cache/ntp.drift
-pidfile /var/run/ntpd.pid
-EOF
-
-
-
-
- Synchronizing the Time
-
- There are two options. Option one is to run ntpd
- continuously and allow it to synchronize the time in a gradual manner. The
- other option is to run ntpd periodically (using cron)
- and update the time each time ntpd is scheduled.
-
- If you choose Option one, then install the
- /etc/rc.d/init.d/ntp
- init script included in the
- package.
-
-
- ntp
-
-
-make install-ntpd
-
- If you prefer to run ntpd periodically, add the
- following command to root's
- crontab:
-
-ntpd -q
-
- Execute the following command if you would like to set the
- hardware clock to the current system time at shutdown and reboot:
-
-ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/K46setclock &&
-ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/K46setclock
-
- The other way around is already set up by LFS.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directory
-
-
- ntp-keygen, ntp-wait, ntpd, ntpdate, ntpdc, ntpq,
- ntptime, ntptrace, sntp and tickadj
- None
- /usr/share/doc/ntp-&ntp-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- ntp-keygen
-
- generates cryptographic data files used by the NTPv4 authentication
- and identification schemes.
-
- ntp-keygen
-
-
-
-
-
- ntp-wait
-
- is useful at boot time, to delay the boot sequence until
- ntpd has set the time.
-
- ntp-wait
-
-
-
-
-
- ntpd
-
- is a ntp daemon that runs in the background and keeps
- the date and time synchronized based on response from configured
- ntp servers. It also functions as a ntp server.
-
- ntpd
-
-
-
-
-
- ntpdate
-
- is a client program that sets the date and time based on
- the response from an ntp server. This command is deprecated.
-
- ntpdate
-
-
-
-
-
- ntpdc
-
- is used to query the ntp daemon about its current state
- and to request changes in that state.
-
- ntpdc
-
-
-
-
-
- ntpq
-
- is an utility program used to monitor ntpd
- operations and determine performance.
-
- ntpq
-
-
-
-
-
- ntptime
-
- reads and displays time-related kernel variables.
-
- ntptime
-
-
-
-
-
- ntptrace
-
- traces a chain of ntp servers back to the primary source.
-
- ntptrace
-
-
-
-
-
- sntp
-
- is a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client.
-
- sntp
-
-
-
-
-
- tickadj
-
- reads, and optionally modifies, several timekeeping-related
- variables in older kernels that do not have support for precision
- timekeeping.
-
- tickadj
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/openssh-client.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/openssh-client.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,26 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- OpenSSH-&openssh-version; Client
-
- The ssh client is a secure replacement for
- telnet. If you want to install it, the instructions can be
- found in Chapter 19 – . Note that if you only
- want to use the client, you do not need to run the server
- and so do not need the startup script and links. In accordance with good
- practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know
- whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/othernetprogs.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/othernetprogs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,24 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Other Networking Programs
-
- User Notes:
-
-
- NCPFS contains client and administration
- tools for use with Novell networks. See the User Notes for details.
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/portmap.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/portmap.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,188 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Portmap-&portmap-version;
-
-
- Portmap
-
-
-
- Introduction to Portmap
-
- The portmap package is a more secure
- replacement for the original SUN portmap package.
- Portmap is used to forward RPC requests to RPC
- daemons such as NFS and NIS.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &portmap-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &portmap-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &portmap-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &portmap-time;
-
-
-
- Portmap Dependencies
-
- Required
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Portmap
-
- Portmap runs as a daemon with a uid of 1. This uid is only
- configurable at compile time and is used as default. To set up a
- user to match this uid, as the root
- user, issue:
-
-useradd -u 1 -g 1 -d /dev/null -s /bin/false bin
-
- Install portmap with the following
- commands:
-
-make
-
- If you want the portmap daemon to use a uid/gid other than the
- defaults, pass DAEMON_UID=x and DAEMON_GID=y as shown below:
- make DAEMON_UID=x DAEMON_GID=y
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
- The above installation places executable portmap
- in /sbin. You may choose to move the
- file to /usr/sbin. If you do,
- remember to modify the bootscript also.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Portmap
-
-
- Boot Script
-
- Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/portmap init script
- included in the package.
-
-
- portmap
-
-
-make install-portmap
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- pmap_dump, pmap_set, and portmap
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
-
- pmap_dump
-
- saves the port mapping table to an ASCII file.
-
- pmap_dump
-
-
-
-
-
- pmap_set
-
- restores the port mapping table from an ASCII file.
-
- pmap_set
-
-
-
-
-
- portmap
-
- is an RPC port mapper.
-
- portmap
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/rsync-client.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/rsync-client.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,26 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Rsync-&rsync-version; Client
-
- rsync is a utility for fast incremental file
- transfers. If you want to install it, the instructions can be found in Chapter
- 22 – . Note that if you only want to use the
- client, you do not need to run the server and so do not
- need the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run
- the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know whether you need it
- or not, it's likely that you don't!).
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/rsync.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/rsync.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,227 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- rsync-&rsync-version;
-
-
- rsync
-
-
-
- Introduction to rsync
-
- The rsync package contains the
- rsync utility. This is useful for synchronizing large
- file archives over a network.
-
- &lfs70_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &rsync-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &rsync-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &rsync-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &rsync-time;
-
-
-
- rsync Dependencies
-
- Optional
- ,
- ,
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of rsync
-
- For security reasons, running the rsync
- server as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. If you intend to
- run rsync as a daemon, create the
- rsyncd user and group
- with the following commands issued by the
- root user:
-
-groupadd -g 48 rsyncd &&
-useradd -c "rsyncd Daemon" -d /home/rsync -g rsyncd \
- -s /bin/false -u 48 rsyncd
-
- Install rsync by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- If you have installed and wish to
- build HTML API documentation, issue doxygen.
-
- If you have installed and wish to
- build the user documentation, issue any or all of the following
- commands:
-
-pushd doc &&
-docbook2pdf rsync.sgml &&
-docbook2ps rsync.sgml &&
-docbook2dvi rsync.sgml &&
-docbook2txt rsync.sgml &&
-docbook2html --nochunks rsync.sgml &&
-popd
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
- If you built the documentation, install it using the following
- commands as the root user:
-
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;/api &&
-install -v -m644 dox/html/* /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;/api &&
-install -v -m644 doc/rsync.* /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;
-
-
-
-
- Configuring rsync
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/rsyncd.conf
-
-
- /etc/rsyncd.conf
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- For client access to remote files, you may need to install the
- package to connect to the remote server.
-
- This is a simple download-only configuration to set up running
- rsync as a server. See the rsyncd.conf(5)
- man-page for additional options (i.e., user authentication).
-
-cat > /etc/rsyncd.conf << "EOF"
-# This is a basic rsync configuration file
-# It exports a single module without user authentication.
-
-motd file = /home/rsync/welcome.msg
-use chroot = yes
-
-[localhost]
- path = /home/rsync
- comment = Default rsync module
- read only = yes
- list = yes
- uid = rsyncd
- gid = rsyncd
-
-EOF
-
- You can find additional configuration information and general
- documentation about rsync at
- .
-
-
-
-
- Boot Script
-
- Note that you only want to start the
- rsync server if you want to provide an
- rsync archive on your local machine.
- You don't need this script to run the
- rsync client.
-
- Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rsyncd init
- script included in the
- package.
-
-make install-rsyncd
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- rsync
- None
- Optionally, /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- rsync
-
- is a replacement for rcp (and
- scp) that has many more features. It uses the
- rsync algorithm which provides a very fast method of
- syncing remote files. It does this by sending just the differences
- in the files across the link, without requiring that both sets of
- files are present at one end of the link beforehand.
-
- rsync
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/samba3-client.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/samba3-client.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,33 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Samba-&samba3-version; Client
-
- The Samba client utilities are used to
- transfer files to and from, mount SMB shares located on or use printers
- attached to Windows and other SMB servers. If you want to install these
- utilities, the instructions can be found in Chapter 19 –
- . After performing the basic installation,
- configure the utilities using the configuration section titled
- Scenario 1: Minimal Standalone Client-Only Installation.
-
- Note that if you only want to use these client utilities, you do
- not need to run the server daemons and so do not need
- the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the
- server daemons if you actually need them. You'll find an explanation of the
- services provided by the server daemons in the
- instructions.
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/subversion.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/subversion.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,399 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Subversion-&subversion-version;
-
-
- Subversion
-
-
-
- Introduction to Subversion
-
- Subversion is a version control
- system that is designed to be a compelling replacement for
- CVS in the open source community. It
- extends and enhances CVS' feature set,
- while maintaining a similar interface for those already familiar with
- CVS. These instructions install the client
- and server software used to manipulate a
- Subversion repository. Creation of a repository
- is covered at .
-
- &lfs70_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &subversion-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &subversion-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &subversion-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &subversion-time;
-
-
-
- Subversion Dependencies
-
- Required
- , and
- (for the
- APR only) or
- Apache Portable Runtime
-
- If you require the Berkeley DB back-end
- hooks in Subversion to build or support BDB
- based repositories, you must have Berkeley DB
- linked into the APR-util library. There is
- information in the instructions that shows the
- required parameters to pass to the configure script when
- building any of the APR-util packages.
-
- Optional
- (required to run the test suite),
- ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- KWallet from KDE4,
- (if you have Apache Portable
- Runtime installed), and
- or
- serf
-
- Optional to Build the Java Bindings
- One of ,
- ,
- Dante, or
- Jikes,
- and (to test the Java bindings)
-
- Optional to Build the SWIG Bindings
- SWIG**,
- , and
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Subversion
-
- Install Subversion by running the
- following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- If you have installed and you wish to
- build the API documentation, issue:
- doxygen doc/doxygen.conf.
-
- If you passed the parameter to
- configure and wish to build the Java bindings, issue
- the following command:
-
-make javahl
-
- If you have the necessary dependencies installed and you wish to
- build the Perl,
- Python and/or
- Ruby bindings, issue any or all of the following
- commands:
-
-make swig-pl &&
-make swig-py &&
-make swig-rb
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- To test the results of the Java bindings build, issue
- make check-javahl. Note you must have the
- JUnit testing framework installed.
-
- To test the results of any or all of the
- SWIG bindings, you can use the following
- commands:
-
-make check-swig-pl &&
-make check-swig-py &&
-make check-swig-rb
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/subversion-&subversion-version; &&
-cp -v -R doc/* \
- /usr/share/doc/subversion-&subversion-version;
-
- If you built the Java bindings, issue the following command
- as the root user to install
- them:
-
-make install-javahl
-
- If you built any of the SWIG bindings,
- issue any or all of the following commands as the
- root user to install them:
-
-make install-swig-pl &&
-make install-swig-py &&
-make install-swig-rb
-
- In order for Python to automatically
- discover the bindings, add
- /usr/lib/svn-python to the
- PYTHONPATH environment variable to the system or
- personal profiles.
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- :
- These options should be used if you wish to use the system-installed
- version of the APR. Ensure you identify the
- correct installation prefix.
-
- : This option should be
- used to identify the system-installed version of the
- apxs command installed during the
- Apache HTTPD installation as
- apxs might not be in an unprivileged user's
- PATH and won't be properly discovered.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Subversion
-
-
- Config Files
-
- ~/.subversion/config and
- /etc/subversion/config
-
-
- ~/.subversion/config
-
-
-
- /etc/subversion/config
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- /etc/subversion/config is the
- Subversion system-wide configuration file.
- This file is used to specify defaults for different
- svn commands.
-
- ~/.subversion/config is the user's personal
- configuration file. It is used to override the system-wide defaults
- set in /etc/subversion/config.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- svn, svnadmin, svndumpfilter, svnlook, svnserve, svnsync and
- svnversion
- libsvn*.{so,a} and optionally, a Java library, the mod_dav_svn.so,
- and mod_authz_svn.so Apache HTTP
- DSO modules and various Perl,
- Python and Ruby
- modules
- /usr/include/subversion-1,
- /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/&lfs-perl-version;/i686-linux/auto/SVN (optional),
- /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/&lfs-perl-version;/i686-linux/SVN (optional),
- /usr/lib/ruby/site_ruby/x.x/i686-linux/svn (optional),
- /usr/lib/svn-javahl (optional),
- /usr/lib/svn-python (optional) and
- /usr/share/doc/subversion-&subversion-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- svn
-
- is a command-line client program used to access
- Subversion repositories.
-
- svn
-
-
-
-
-
- svnadmin
-
- is a tool for creating, tweaking or repairing a
- Subversion repository.
-
- svnadmin
-
-
-
-
-
- svndumpfilter
-
- is a program for filtering Subversion
- repository dumpfile format streams.
-
- svndumpfilter
-
-
-
-
-
- svnlook
-
- is a tool for inspecting a
- Subversion repository.
-
- svnlook
-
-
-
-
-
- svnserve
-
- is a custom standalone server program, able to run as a
- daemon process or invoked by SSH.
-
- svnserve
-
-
-
-
-
- svnversion
-
- is used to report the version number and state of a
- working Subversion repository copy.
-
- svnversion
-
-
-
-
-
- neon-config
-
- is a script which provides information about an installed
- copy of the neon library.
-
- neon-config
-
-
-
-
-
- libsvn_*.{so,a}
-
- are the support libraries used by the
- Subversion programs.
-
- libsvn_*.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
- libneon.{so,a}
-
- is used as a high-level interface to common
- HTTP and WebDAV methods.
-
- libneon.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
- mod_authz_svn.so
-
- is a plug-in module for the Apache
- HTTP server, used to authenticate users to a
- Subversion repository over the Internet or an
- intranet.
-
- mod_authz_svn.so
-
-
-
-
-
- mod_dav_svn.so
-
- is a plug-in module for the Apache
- HTTP server, used to make a
- Subversion repository available to others over the
- Internet or an intranet.
-
- mod_dav_svn.so
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/tcpwrappers.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/tcpwrappers.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,246 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- TCP Wrapper-&tcpwrappers-version;
-
-
- TCP Wrapper
-
-
-
- Introduction to TCP Wrapper
-
- The TCP Wrapper package provides daemon
- wrapper programs that report the name of the client requesting network
- services and the requested service.
-
- &lfs67_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &tcpwrappers-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &tcpwrappers-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &tcpwrappers-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &tcpwrappers-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Required Patch (Fixes some build issues and adds building a
- shared library):
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of TCP Wrapper
-
- Install TCP Wrapper with the following
- commands:
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../tcp_wrappers-&tcpwrappers-version;-shared_lib_plus_plus-1.patch &&
-sed -i -e "s,^extern char \*malloc();,/* & */," scaffold.c &&
-make REAL_DAEMON_DIR=/usr/sbin STYLE=-DPROCESS_OPTIONS linux
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- sed -i -e ... scaffold.c: This command removes an
- obsolete C declaration which causes the build to fail if using
- GCC >= 3.4.x.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring TCP Wrapper
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/hosts.allow and
- /etc/hosts.deny
-
-
- /etc/hosts.allow
-
-
-
- /etc/hosts.deny
-
-
- File protections: the wrapper, all files used by the wrapper,
- and all directories in the path leading to those files, should be
- accessible but not writable for unprivileged users (mode 755 or mode
- 555). Do not install the wrapper set-uid.
-
- As the root user,
- perform the following edits on the
- /etc/inetd.conf configuration file:
-
-
- /etc/inetd.conf
-
-
-finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/in.fingerd in.fingerd
-
- becomes:
-
-finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.fingerd
-
-
- The finger server is used as an example here.
-
-
- Similar changes must be made if xinetd is
- used, with the emphasis being on calling /usr/sbin/tcpd
- instead of calling the service daemon directly, and passing the name of the
- service daemon to tcpd.
-
-
- /etc/xinetd.conf
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Library
- Installed Directories
-
-
- tcpd, tcpdchk, tcpdmatch, try-from, and safe_finger
- libwrap.{so,a}
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- tcpd
-
- is the main access control daemon for all Internet services,
- which inetd or xinetd
- will run instead of running the requested service daemon.
-
- tcpd
-
-
-
-
-
- tcpdchk
-
- is a tool to examine a tcpd wrapper
- configuration and report problems with it.
-
- tcpdchk
-
-
-
-
-
- tcpdmatch
-
- is used to predict how the TCP wrapper
- would handle a specific request for a service.
-
- tcpdmatch
-
-
-
-
-
- try-from
-
- can be called via a remote shell command to find out if the
- host name and address are properly recognized.
-
- try-from
-
-
-
-
-
- safe_finger
-
- is a wrapper for the finger utility, to
- provide automatic reverse name lookups.
-
- safe_finger
-
-
-
-
-
- libwrap.{so,a}
-
- contains the API functions required by
- the TCP Wrapper programs as well as other programs
- to become TCP Wrapper-aware.
-
- libwrap.{so,a}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/wget.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/wget.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,163 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Wget-&wget-version;
-
-
- Wget
-
-
-
- Introduction to Wget
-
- The Wget package contains a utility useful
- for non-interactive downloading of files from the Web.
-
- &lfs67_built;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &wget-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &wget-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &wget-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &wget-time;
-
-
-
- Wget Dependencies
-
- Optional
- or ,
- , Perl Module Net::HTTP (for the test suite)
- (see the standard Perl ), and
- Dante
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Wget
-
- Install Wget by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --with-ssl=openssl &&
-make
-
- To test the results, issue: make check.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --sysconfdir=/etc: This relocates
- the configuration file from /usr/etc to
- /etc.
-
- --with-ssl=openssl: This allows the program to
- work with . It can be omitted if
- is found or the https protocol is not needed.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Wget
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/wgetrc and
- ~/.wgetrc
-
-
- ~/.wgetrc
-
-
-
- /etc/wgetrc
-
-
- There are no changes required to these files.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- wget
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- wget
-
- retrieves files from the Web using the HTTP, HTTPS and
- FTP protocols. It is designed to be non-interactive, for
- background or unattended operations.
-
- wget
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netprogs/wireless-tools.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netprogs/wireless-tools.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,234 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Wireless Tools-&wireless-tools-version;
-
-
- Wireless Tools
-
-
-
- Introduction to Wireless Tools
-
- The Wireless Extension (WE) is a generic API in the Linux kernel
- allowing a driver to expose configuration and statistics specific to common
- Wireless LANs to user space. A single set of tools can support all the
- variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type as long as the
- driver supports Wireless Extensions. WE parameters may also be changed on
- the fly without restarting the driver (or Linux).
-
- The Wireless Tools (WT) package is a set
- of tools allowing manipulation of the Wireless Extensions. They use a
- textual interface to support the full Wireless Extension.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &wireless-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &wireless-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &wireless-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &wireless-time;
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Kernel Configuration
-
-
- Wireless devices
-
-
- To use Wireless Tools, the kernel must
- have the appropriate drivers and other support available. The appropriate
- bus must also be available. For many laptops, the PCMCIA bus
- (CONFIG_PCCARD) needs to be built. In some cases, this bus support will
- also need to be built for embedded wireless cards. The appropriate bridge
- support also needs to be built. For many modern laptops, the CardBus host
- bridge (CONFIG_YENTA) will be needed.
-
- In addition to the bus, the actual driver for the specific wireless
- card must also be available. There are many wireless cards and they don't
- all work with Linux. The first place to look for card support is the kernel.
- The drivers are located in Device Drivers → Network Device Support
- → Wireless LAN (non-hamradio). There are also external drivers
- available for some very common cards. For more information, look
- at the user notes.
-
- After the correct drivers are loaded, the interface will
- appear in /proc/net/wireless.
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Wireless Tools
-
- To install Wireless Tools,
- use the following commands:
-
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make PREFIX=/usr install
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Library
- Installed Directories
-
-
- ifrename, iwconfig, iwevent, iwgetid, iwlist, iwpriv,
- and iwspy
- libiw.so
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- ifrename
-
- renames network interfaces based on various static criteria.
-
- ifrename
-
-
-
-
-
- iwconfig
-
- configures a wireless network interface.
-
- iwconfig
-
-
-
-
-
- iwevent
-
- displays wireless events generated by drivers and setting
- changes.
-
- iwevent
-
-
-
-
-
- iwgetid
-
- reports ESSID, NWID or AP/Cell Address of wireless networks.
-
- iwgetid
-
-
-
-
-
- iwlist
-
- gets detailed wireless information from a wireless interface.
-
- iwlist
-
-
-
-
-
- iwpriv
-
- configures optional (private) parameters of a wireless network
- interface.
-
- iwpriv
-
-
-
-
-
- iwspy
-
- gets wireless statistics from specific node.
-
- iwspy
-
-
-
-
-
- libiw.so
-
- contains functions required by the wireless programs and
- provides an API for other programs.
-
- libiw.so
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/avahi.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/avahi.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,387 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- avahi-&avahi-version;
-
-
- avahi
-
-
-
- Introduction to avahi
-
- The avahi package is a system which
- facilitates service discovery on a local network.
-
- &lfs65_built;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &avahi-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &avahi-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &avahi-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &avahi-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Required patch:
-
-
-
- avahi Dependencies
-
- Required
- and
-
-
- Optional
- ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- , and
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of avahi
-
- It is recommended to have a dedicated user and group to take
- control of the avahi-daemon daemon after it is
- started. Issue the following commands as the
- root user:
-
-groupadd -fg 84 avahi &&
-useradd -c "Avahi Daemon Owner" -d /dev/null -u 84 \
- -g avahi -s /bin/false avahi || [ $? == 9 ]
-
- It is recommended to have a dedicated priviliged access group for
- Avahi clients. Issue the following command as
- the root user:
-
-groupadd -fg 86 netdev
-
- Install avahi by running the following
- commands:
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../avahi-&avahi-version;-lfs_initscript_fixes-1.patch &&
-autoreconf -i -v &&
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --localstatedir=/var \
- --with-distro=lfs \
- --disable-qt3 \
- --disable-qt4 \
- --disable-gtk \
- --disable-dbus \
- --disable-libdaemon \
- --disable-python \
- --disable-mono \
- --disable-monodoc \
- --enable-core-docs &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --with-distro=lfs: This parameter specifies the
- LFS distribution to target.
-
- --disable-qt3: This parameter disables the
- building of Qt3 mainloop integration.
-
- --disable-qt4: This parameter disables the
- building of Qt4Core mainloop integration.
-
- --disable-gtk: This parameter disables the use
- of GTK+.
-
- --disable-dbus: This parameter disables the use
- of D-Bus.
-
- --disable-libdaemon: This parameter disables
- the use of libdaemon.
-
- --disable-python: This parameter disables the
- scripts that depends on Python.
-
- --disable-mono: This parameter disables the
- Mono bindings.
-
- --disable-monodoc: This parameter disables
- documentation for the Mono bindings.
-
- --enable-core-docs: This parameter enables the
- building of documentation.
-
- : This option enables the building of
- tests and examples.
-
- : This option enables the
- compatibility layer for libdns_sd.
-
- : This option enables the
- compatibility layer for HOWL.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- avahi-autoipd, avahi-bookmarks, avahi-browse, avahi-daemon,
- avahi-discover, avahi-discover-standalone, avahi-dnsconfd,
- avahi-publish, avahi-resolve, avahi-set-host-name, and bssh
- libavahi-client.{so,a}, libavahi-common.{so,a},
- libavahi-core.{so,a}, libavahi-glib.{so,a}, libavahi-gobject.{so,a}, and
- libavahi-ui.{so,a}
- /etc/avahi/services,/usr/{include/avahi-{client,common,core,glib,
- gobject,ui},lib/{avahi,python&python2-majorver;/site-packages/{avahi,avahi_discover}},
- share/avahi/{interfaces,introspection}}
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- avahi-autoipd
-
- is a IPv4LL network address configuration daemon.
-
- avahi-autoipd
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-bookmarks
-
- is a Web service showing mDNS/DNS-SD announced HTTP services
- using the Avahi daemon.
-
- avahi-bookmarks
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-browse
-
- browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the
- Avahi daemon.
-
- avahi-browse
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-daemon
-
- is the Avahi mDNS/DNS-SD
- daemon.
-
- avahi-daemon
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-discover
-
- browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the
- Avahi daemon.
-
- avahi-discover
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-discover-standalone
-
- does this .....
-
- avahi-discover-standalone
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-dnsconfd
-
- is a Unicast DNS server from mDNS/DNS-SD configuration
- daemon.
-
- avahi-dnsconfd
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-publish
-
- registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping
- using the Avahi daemon.
-
- avahi-publish
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-resolve
-
- resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es)
- (and vice versa) using the Avahi
- daemon.
-
- avahi-resolve
-
-
-
-
-
- avahi-set-host-name
-
- changes the mDNS host name.
-
- avahi-set-host-name
-
-
-
-
-
- bssh
-
- browses for SSH/VNC servers on the local network.
-
- bssh
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/bind-utils.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/bind-utils.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,129 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- BIND Utilities-&bind-version;
-
-
- BIND Utilities
-
-
-
- Introduction to BIND Utilities
-
- BIND Utilities is not a separate
- package, it is a collection of the client side programs that are included
- with . The BIND
- package includes the client side programs nslookup,
- dig and host. If you install
- BIND server, these programs will be installed
- automatically. This section is for those users who don't need the complete
- BIND server, but need these
- client side applications.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &bind-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &bind-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &bind-utils-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &bind-utils-time;
-
-
-
- BIND Utilities Dependencies
-
- Optional
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of BIND Utilities
-
- Install BIND Utilities by
- running the following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make -C lib/dns &&
-make -C lib/isc &&
-make -C lib/bind9 &&
-make -C lib/isccfg &&
-make -C lib/lwres &&
-make -C bin/dig
-
- This portion of the package does not come with a test suite.
-
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make -C bin/dig install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- make -C lib/...: These commands build the
- libraries that are needed for the client programs.
-
- make -C bin/dig: This command builds the
- client programs.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- dig, host, and nslookup
- None
- None
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
- See the program descriptions in the
- section.
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/mod_dnssd.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/mod_dnssd.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,137 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- mod_dnssd-&mod_dnssd-version;
-
-
- mod_dnssd
-
-
-
- Introduction to mod_dnssd
-
- The mod_dnssd package is an
- Apache HTTPD module which adds Zeroconf support
- via DNS-SD using Avahi. This allows
- Apache to advertise itself and the websites
- available to clients compatible with the protocol.
-
- &lfs65_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &mod_dnssd-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &mod_dnssd-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &mod_dnssd-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &mod_dnssd-time;
-
-
-
- mod_dnssd Dependencies
-
- Required
- and
-
-
- Optional
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of mod_dnssd
-
- Install mod_dnssd by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --disable-lynx &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --disable-lynx: This parameter turns off
- Lynx usage for documentation generation. Remove
- it if you have Lynx installed.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Library
- Installed Directories
-
-
- None
- mod_dnssd.so
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- mod_dnssd.so
-
- is the Apache HTTPD module.
-
- mod_dnssd.so
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/netutils.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/netutils.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,33 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Basic Networking Utilities
-
- This chapter contains some tools that come in handy when the network
- needs investigating.
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/nmap.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/nmap.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,145 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Nmap-&nmap-version;
-
-
- Nmap
-
-
-
- Introduction to Nmap
-
- Nmap is a utility for network exploration
- and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and
- TCP/IP fingerprinting.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &nmap-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &nmap-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &nmap-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &nmap-time;
-
-
-
- Nmap Dependencies
-
- Optional
- ,
- ,
- ,
- (for building the graphical front-end), and
- libdnet
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Nmap
-
- Install Nmap by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directory
-
-
- nmap and optionally, nmapfe and xnmap
- None
- /usr/share/nmap
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- nmap
-
- is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It
- supports ping scanning, port scanning and
- TCP/IP fingerprinting.
-
- nmap
-
-
-
-
-
- nmapfe
-
- is the graphical front end to nmap.
-
- nmapfe
-
-
-
-
-
- xnmap
-
- is a symbolic link to nmapfe.
-
- xnmap
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/traceroute.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/traceroute.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,117 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Traceroute-&traceroute-version;
-
-
- Traceroute
-
-
-
- Introduction to Traceroute
-
- The Traceroute package contains a program
- which is used to display the network route that packets take to reach a
- specified host. This is a standard network troubleshooting tool. If you find
- yourself unable to connect to another system, traceroute can help pinpoint
- the problem.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &traceroute-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &traceroute-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &traceroute-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &traceroute-time;
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Traceroute
-
- Install Traceroute by running the following
- commands:
-
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make prefix=/usr install
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- traceroute
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- traceroute
-
- does basically what it says: it traces the route your packets
- take from the host you are working on to another host on a network, showing
- all the intermediate hops (gateways) along the way.
-
- traceroute
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/whois.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/whois.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,125 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Whois-&whois-version;
-
-
- Whois
-
-
-
- Introduction to Whois
-
- Whois is a client-side application which
- queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a
- particular domain name. This package by default will install two programs:
- whois and mkpasswd. The
- mkpasswd command is also installed by the
- package.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &whois-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &whois-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &whois-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &whois-time;
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Whois
-
- Build the application with:
-
-make &&
-make pos
-
- You can install the whois program, the
- mkpasswd program, and the locale files independently.
- Control your choice of what is installed with the following commands issued
- as the root user:
-
- Installing this version of mkpasswd will
- overwrite the same command installed by .
-
-make prefix=/usr install-whois
-make prefix=/usr install-mkpasswd
-make prefix=/usr install-pos
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- whois and mkpasswd
- None
- None
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- whois
-
- is a client-side application which queries the whois directory
- service for information pertaining to a particular domain name.
-
- whois
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/netutils/wireshark.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/netutils/wireshark.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,401 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Wireshark-&wireshark-version;
-
-
- Wireshark
-
-
-
- Introduction to Wireshark
-
- The Wireshark package contains a network
- protocol analyzer, also known as a sniffer. This is useful
- for analyzing data captured off the wire from a live network
- connection, or data read from a capture file.
- Wireshark provides both a graphical and TTY-mode
- front-end for examining captured network packets from over 500 protocols,
- as well as the capability to read capture files from many other popular
- network analyzers.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &wireshark-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &wireshark-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &wireshark-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &wireshark-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Additional Documentation:
-
-
-
- From this page you can download many different docs in a variety
- of formats.
-
- Wireshark dependencies
-
- Required
- or
- (to build the TTY-mode front-end only)
-
- Note that if you don't have Gtk+
- installed, you will need to pass
- to the configure command.
-
- Recommended
-
- (required to capture data)
-
- Optional
-
- or (to build the GUI front-end),
- ,
- or ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- Net-SNMP,
- adns, and
- Lua
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Kernel Configuration
-
- The kernel must have the Packet protocol enabled for
- Wireshark to capture live packets from the
- network. Enable the Packet protocol by choosing Y in the
- Networking – Packet socket
- configuration parameter. Alternatively, build the
- af_packet.ko module by choosing M in
- this parameter.
-
-
- Capturing network
- packets
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Wireshark
-
- Install Wireshark by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --enable-threads &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version; &&
-install -v -m644 FAQ README{,.linux} doc/README.* doc/*.{pod,txt} \
- /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version; &&
-pushd /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version; &&
-for FILENAME in ../../wireshark/*.html; do \
- ln -s -v $FILENAME .
-done &&
-popd &&
-
-install -v -m644 -D wireshark.desktop \
- /usr/share/applications/wireshark.desktop &&
-install -v -m644 -D image/wsicon48.png \
- /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark.png &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark &&
-install -v -m644 image/*.{png,ico,xpm,bmp} \
- /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark
-
- If you downloaded any of the documentation files from the page
- listed in the 'Additional Downloads', install them by issuing the following
- commands as the root user:
-
-install -v -m644 <Downloaded_Files> /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version;
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --enable-threads: This parameter enables the
- use of threads in wireshark.
-
- : This parameter is required if you
- are linking Kerberos libraries into the build so that the
- OpenSSL
- libcrypto library is found.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Wireshark
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/wireshark.conf and
- ~/.wireshark/*
-
-
- ~/.wireshark/*
-
-
-
- /etc/wireshark.conf
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- Though the default configuration parameters are very sane,
- reference the configuration section of the
- Wireshark User's
- Guide for configuration information. Most of
- Wireshark's configuration can be accomplished
- using the menu options of the wireshark
- graphical interface.
-
-
- If you want to look at packets, make sure you don't filter
- them out with . If you want to exclude
- certain classes of packets, it is more efficient to do it with
- iptables than it is with
- Wireshark.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- capinfos, dftest, dumpcap, editcap, idl2wrs, mergecap, randpkt,
- text2pcap, tshark and wireshark
- libwireshark.so, libwiretap.so and numerous dissector plugin
- modules
- /usr/lib/wireshark, /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version;,
- /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark and /usr/share/wireshark
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- capinfos
-
- reads a saved capture file and returns any or all of several
- statistics about that file. It is able to detect and read any capture
- supported by the Wireshark package.
-
- capinfos
-
-
-
-
-
- dftest
-
- is a display-filter-compiler test program.
-
- dftest
-
-
-
-
-
- dumpcap
-
- is a network traffic dump tool. It lets you capture packet data
- from a live network and write the packets to a file.
-
- dumpcap
-
-
-
-
-
- editcap
-
- edits and/or translates the format of capture files. It knows
- how to read libpcap capture files,
- including those of tcpdump,
- Wireshark and other tools that write
- captures in that format.
-
- editcap
-
-
-
-
-
- idl2wrs
-
- takes a user specified CORBA
- IDL file and generates C source code that
- can be used to create an Wireshark
- plugin.
-
- idl2wrs
-
-
-
-
-
- mergecap
-
- combines multiple saved capture files into a single output
- file.
-
- mergecap
-
-
-
-
-
- randpkt
-
- creates random-packet capture files.
-
- randpkt
-
-
-
-
-
- text2pcap
-
- reads in an ASCII hex dump and writes the
- data described into a libpcap-style
- capture file.
-
- text2pcap
-
-
-
-
-
- tshark
-
- is a TTY-mode network protocol analyzer. It lets you capture
- packet data from a live network or read packets from a
- previously saved capture file.
-
- tshark
-
-
-
-
-
- wireshark
-
- is a GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively
- browse packet data from a live network or from a previously
- saved capture file.
-
- wireshark
-
-
-
-
-
- libwireshark.so
-
- contains functions used by the
- Wireshark programs to perform filtering and
- packet capturing.
-
- libwireshark.so
-
-
-
-
-
- libwiretap.so
-
- is a library being developed as a future replacement for
- libpcap, the current
- standard Unix library for packet capturing. For more information,
- see the README file in the source
- wiretap directory.
-
- libwiretap.so
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/textweb/links.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/textweb/links.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,261 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Links-&Links-version;
-
-
- Links
-
-
-
- Introduction to Links
-
- Links is a text and graphics mode
- WWW browser. It includes support for rendering
- tables and frames, features background downloads, can display colors
- and has many other features.
-
- &lfs67_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &links-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &links-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &links-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &links-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Recommended patch:
- (works for 2.2)
-
-
-
- Do I Need the Patch?
-
- In text mode, unpatched Links cannot be
- configured to use UTF-8 or other multibyte encodings for the terminal
- input/output. This limitation renders Links
- useless as a text-based browser in multibyte locales. See general
- discussion of this type of issue in the
- section
- on the page.
-
- The patch adds the UTF-8 I/O configuration option.
- With this option enabled, Links first renders
- the page using an 8-bit character set configured by the user, and then
- converts from this character set to UTF-8. The opposite conversion is
- applied to user input. This approach works if there is an 8-bit character
- set that contains all the characters that the user considers to be
- important. Such character set does not exist, e.g., for Chinese
- hieroglyphs, or when it is required to display both Cyrillic and Greek
- characters.
-
- Do I Have to Enable Graphics Support?
- In graphical mode, Links displays text
- correctly even in UTF-8 locales, if all characters exist in the built-in
- font used by Links. This font contains
- Basic Latin, Latin-1 Supplement (without superscripts and vulgar
- fractions), Latin Extended-A, Latin Extended-B (partially), Greek,
- Cyrillic and Hebrew characters. Form submission in non-ISO-8859-1
- locales is handled correctly when running in X11-based graphical mode.
- Input handlers for other graphics drivers (fb, directfb, svgalib) either
- misinterpret non-ASCII characters, or don't allow them
- at all.
-
- The patch has no effect on Links
- behavior in graphical mode.
-
- Links Dependencies
-
- Recommended
- (if mouse support is
- desired) and
-
-
-
- Optional
- Support for graphical mode requires at least one of
- (to be used with a framebuffer-based console),
- SVGAlib,
-
- DirectFB, and
-
-
- For decoding various image formats Links
- can utilize
- ,
- , and
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Links
-
- If desired, apply the patch:
-
-bzcat ../links-2.1pre33-utf8.diff.bz2 | patch -p1 &&
-cd intl &&
-./gen-intl && ./synclang &&
-cd ..
-
- Install Links by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/links-&Links-version; &&
-install -v -m644 doc/links_cal/* KEYS BRAILLE_HOWTO \
- /usr/share/doc/links-&Links-version;
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- ./gen-intl && ./synclang: These commands
- regenerate the language table.
-
- : This switch enables support
- for graphics mode.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Links
-
-
- Config Files
-
- ~/.links/*
-
-
- ~/.links/*
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- Links stores its configuration in per-user
- files in the ~/.links directory. These
- files are created automatically when links is run for the
- first time.
-
- For the correct display of non-ASCII characters,
- Links has to be configured through the menu
- (accessible by pressing the ESC key), as follows:
-
-
-
- If running Links in the text mode in a
- UTF-8 based locale, go to the Setup > Terminal options
- menu item and check the UTF-8 I/O box.
-
-
- If running Links in the text mode,
- go to the Setup > Character set menu item and select
- the character set that matches your locale or, if you use UTF-8 based
- locale, the character set that contains all characters that you want
- Links to be able to display.
-
-
- Optionally, go to the Setup > Language menu
- and select the user interface language.
-
-
- Finally, select the Setup > Save options
- menu item.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- links
- None
- /usr/share/doc/links-&Links-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- links
-
- is a text and graphics mode WWW browser.
-
- links
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/textweb/lynx.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/textweb/lynx.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,268 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Lynx-&lynx-version;
-
-
- Lynx
-
-
-
- Introduction to Lynx
-
- Lynx is a text based web browser.
-
- &lfs65_checked;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &lynx-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &lynx-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &lynx-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &lynx-time;
-
-
-
- Lynx Dependencies
-
- Optional
- or
- (experimental),
- ,
- ,
- an (that provides a sendmail command), and
-
-
- (for a uudecode program)
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Lynx
-
- Install Lynx by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --sysconfdir=/etc/lynx \
- --datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version; \
- --with-zlib \
- --with-bzlib \
- --with-screen=ncursesw \
- --enable-locale-charset &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install-full &&
-chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;/lynx_doc
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --sysconfdir=/etc/lynx: This parameter is
- used so that the configuration files are located in
- /etc/lynx instead of
- /usr/etc.
-
- --datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;:
- This parameter is used so that the documentation files are installed into
- /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;
- instead of
- /usr/share/lynx_{doc,help}.
-
- --with-zlib: This enables support for
- linking libz into
- Lynx.
-
- --with-bzlib: This enables support for
- linking libbz2 into
- Lynx.
-
- --with-screen=ncursesw: This switch enables
- the use of advanced wide-character support present in the system
- NCurses library. This is needed for
- proper display of characters and line wrapping in multibyte locales.
-
- --enable-locale-charset: This switch allows
- Lynx to deduce the proper character encoding
- for terminal output from the current locale.
- A configuration step is still needed (see below), but
- unlike the situation without this switch, the configuration step becomes
- the same for all users (without the switch one must specify the
- display character set explicitly). This is important for environments such
- as a LiveCD, where the amount of system-specific configuration steps has
- to be reduced to the minimum.
-
- --enable-nls: This switch allows
- Lynx to print translated messages (such as
- questions about cookies and SSL certificates).
-
- : This enables support for
- linking SSL into Lynx.
-
- : This enables experimental support
- for linking GnuTLS into
- Lynx.
-
- make install-full: In addition to the standard
- installation, this target installs the documentation and help files.
-
- chgrp -v -R root
- /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;/lynx_doc:
- This command corrects the improper group ownership of installed
- documentation files.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Lynx
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
-
-
- /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- The proper way to get the display character set is to examine the
- current locale. However, Lynx does not do
- this by default. Change this setting:
-
-sed -i 's/#\(LOCALE_CHARSET\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
-
- The built-in editor in Lynx
- . This issue manifests
- itself in multibyte locales, e.g., as the Backspace key not erasing
- non-ASCII characters properly, and as incorrect data being sent to the
- network when one edits the contents of text areas. The only solution
- to this problem is to configure Lynx to
- use an external editor (bound to the Ctrl+X e key
- combination by default):
-sed -i 's/#\(DEFAULT_EDITOR\):/\1:vi/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
-
- Lynx handles the following values of
- the DEFAULT_EDITOR option specially by adding cursor-positioning
- arguments: emacs, jed,
- jmacs, joe, jove,
- jpico, jstar, nano,
- pico, rjoe, vi (but not
- vim: in order to position the cursor in
- , set this option to vi).
-
-
-
- By default, Lynx doesn't save cookies
- between sessions. Change this setting:
-sed -i 's/#\(PERSISTENT_COOKIES\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
-
- Many other system-wide settings such as proxies can also be set
- in the /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg file.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- lynx
- None
- /etc/lynx and /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- lynx
-
- is a general purpose, text-based, distributed information
- browser for the World Wide Web.
-
- lynx
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/textweb/textweb.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/textweb/textweb.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,36 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Text Web Browsers
-
- People who are new to Unix-based systems tend to ask the question "Why on
- earth would I want a text-mode browser? I'm going to compile
- X and use
- Konqueror/Mozilla/Whatever!".
- Those who have been around systems for a while
- know that when (not if) you manage to mess up your graphical browser install
- and you need to look up some information on the web, a console based browser
- will save you. Also, there are quite a few people who prefer to use one of
- these browsers as their principle method of browsing; either to avoid the
- clutter and bandwidth which accompanies images or because they may use a
- text-to-speech synthesizer which can read the page to them (of use for instance
- to partially sighted or blind users). In this chapter you will find installation
- instructions for three console web browsers:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: sicnet/textweb/w3m.xml
===================================================================
--- basicnet/textweb/w3m.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,178 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- W3m-&w3m-version;
-
-
- W3m
-
-
-
- Introduction to W3m
-
- w3m is primarily a pager but it can
- also be used as a text-mode WWW browser.
-
- &lfs67_built;
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &w3m-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &w3m-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &w3m-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &w3m-time;
-
-
-
- W3m Dependencies
-
- Required
-
-
- Optional
-
- ,
- ,
- ,
- ,
- Imlib
- (not recommended: obsolete, abandoned upstream,
- buggy, and gives no
- additional functionality as compared to other image loading libraries),
-
- GDK
- Pixbuf-0.22,
- ,
- nkf,
- a Mail User Agent and an External Browser
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of W3m
-
- Install w3m by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
- --sysconfdir=/etc &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-install -v -m644 -D doc/keymap.default /etc/w3m/keymap &&
-install -v -m644 doc/menu.default /etc/w3m/menu &&
-install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/w3m-&w3m-version; &&
-install -v -m644 doc/{HISTORY,READ*,keymap.*,menu.*,*.html} \
- /usr/share/doc/w3m-&w3m-version;
-
-
-
-
- Configuring W3m
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/w3m/* and
- ~/.w3m/*
-
-
- /etc/w3m/*
-
-
-
- ~/.w3m/*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- w3m and w3mman
- None
- /usr/lib/w3m, /usr/share/w3m and
- usr/share/doc/w3m-&w3m-version;
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- w3m
-
- is a text based web browser and pager.
-
- w3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
- w3mman
-
- is an interface to the on-line reference manuals in
- w3m.
-
- w3mman
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: general.ent
===================================================================
--- general.ent (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ general.ent (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@
-->
-
+
@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@
-
+
@@ -312,6 +312,6 @@
+-->
--->
Index: general/sysutils/autofs.xml
===================================================================
--- general/sysutils/autofs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ general/sysutils/autofs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ autofs-&autofs-version;
+
+
+ Autofs
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Autofs
+
+ The Autofs package contains userspace
+ tools that work with the kernel to mount and un-mount removable file
+ systems. The primary use is to mount external network file systems like
+ NFS (see ) or Samba (see )
+ on demand.
+
+ It may also be useful for allowing users to mount floppies, cdroms and
+ other removable storage devices without requiring the system
+ administrator to mount the devices although this capability is now generally
+ provided by HAL (see ). This may not be ideal for all
+ installations, so be aware of the risks before implementing this feature.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &autofs-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &autofs-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &autofs-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &autofs-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+ Recommended Patches: There are frequent patches issued for
+ Autofs. One method you can use to get the
+ current patches requires first installing the
+ package. After ensuring the wget command is installed
+ in a directory identified in the PATH variable, start in
+ the same directory as the main tar file and issue the following
+ commands:
+
+wget &autofs-patch-dir;/patch_order-&autofs-version; &&
+sed 's;autofs;&autofs-patch-dir;/autofs;' \
+ patch_order-&autofs-version; | grep -v ^# > wget-list &&
+wget -i wget-list
+
+ As of this writing, the patch list contains one patch
+ labelled as from the 5.0.4 series of patches.
+
+ Autofs Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ and
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Kernel Configuration
+
+
+ Automounter
+
+
+ Verify that kernel support has been compiled in or built as
+ modules in the following areas:
+
+File systems ⇒
+ Kernel automounter version 4 support Y or M
+ Network File Systems ⇒
+ NFS client support Y or M (optional)
+ CIFS support Y or M (optional)
+
+ Recompile and install the new kernel, if necessary.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Autofs
+
+ Install Autofs by running the following
+ commands:
+
+for f in `cat ../patch_order-&autofs-version;`; do
+ patch -Np1 -i ../$f
+done &&
+./configure --prefix=/ --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+ln -sf ../init.d/autofs /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/S52autofs
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ for f in `cat ../patch_order-&autofs-version;`; do
+ patch -Np1 -i ../$f; done: This command applies all the
+ patches downloaded earlier in the correct order.
+
+ ln -sf ../init.d/autofs
+ /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/S52autofs: This command sets the
+ link to properly start autofs upon boot.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Autofs
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf,
+ /etc/auto.master,
+ /etc/auto.misc, and
+ /etc/auto.net
+
+
+ /etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf
+
+
+
+ /etc/auto.master
+
+
+
+ /etc/auto.misc
+
+
+
+ /etc/auto.net
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ The installation process creates auto.master,
+ auto.misc, auto.smb, and
+ auto.net. Replace the
+ auto.master file with the following commands:
+
+mv /etc/auto.master /etc/auto.master.bak &&
+cat > /etc/auto.master << "EOF"
+# Begin /etc/auto.master
+
+/media/auto /etc/auto.misc --ghost
+#/home /etc/auto.home
+
+# End /etc/auto.master
+EOF
+
+ This file creates a new media directory, /media/auto
+ that will overlay any existing directory of the same name. In this example,
+ the file, /etc/auto.misc, has a line:
+
+cd -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom
+
+ that will mount a cdrom as /media/auto/cd if
+ that directory is accessed. The option tells
+ the automounter to create ghost versions (i.e. empty
+ directories) of all the mount points listed in the configuration file
+ regardless whether any of the file systems are actually mounted or not.
+ This is very convenient and highly recommended, because it will show you
+ the available auto-mountable file systems as existing directories, even
+ when their file systems aren't currently mounted. Without the
+ option, you'll have to remember the names of the
+ directories. As soon as you try to access one of them, the directory will
+ be created and the file system will be mounted. When the file system gets
+ unmounted again, the directory is destroyed too, unless the
+ option was given.
+
+
+ An alternative method would be to specify another automount
+ location such as /var/lib/auto/cdrom and create a
+ symbolic link from /media/cdrom
+ to the automount location.
+
+
+ The auto.misc file must be configured to your
+ working hardware. The loaded configuration file should load your cdrom
+ if /dev/cdrom is active or it can be edited to
+ match your device setup. Examples for floppies are available in the file
+ and easily activated. Documentation for this file is available using the
+ man 5 autofs command.
+
+ In the second line, if enabled, a user's home directory would be
+ mounted via NFS upon login. The /etc/home.auto
+ would need to exist and have an entry similar to:
+
+joe example.org:/export/home/joe
+
+ where the directory /export/home/joe is
+ exported via NFS from the system example.org. NFS shares
+ are covered on the next page.
+
+ This package could also be used to mount SMB shares, however that
+ feature is not configured in these instructions. For additional
+ configuration information, see the man pages for auto.master(5). There
+ are also web resources such as this AUTOFS
+ HOWTO available.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ automount
+ lookup_file.so, lookup_hosts.so, lookup_multi.so,
+ lookup_nisplus.so, lookup_program.so, lookup_userhome.so,
+ lookup_yp.so, mount_afs.so, mount_autofs.so, mount_bind.so,
+ mount_changer.so, mount_ext2.so, mount_generic.so,
+ mount_nfs.so, parse_sun.so
+ /lib/autofs and /var/run/autofs
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ automount
+
+ is the daemon that performs the mounting when a request is
+ made for the device.
+
+ automount
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: general/sysutils/initdtools.xml
===================================================================
--- general/sysutils/initdtools.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ general/sysutils/initdtools.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy: bdubbs $
+ $Date: 2010-03-07 18:53:18 -0600 (Sun, 07 Mar 2010) $
+
+
+ LSB Tools for managing bootscripts
+
+
+ initd-tools
+
+
+
+ Introduction to initd-tools
+
+ The initd-tools package contains
+ programs to install and remove LSB based bootscripts.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &initd-tools-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &initd-tools-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &initd-tools-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &initd-tools-time;
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of initd-tools
+
+ Install initd-tools by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ install_initd and remove_initd
+
+ /usr/lib/lsb
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ install_initd
+
+ installs a boot script and the necessary symbolic links
+ using LSB methodology.
+
+ install_initd
+
+
+
+
+
+ remove_initd
+
+ removes a boot script and the necessary symbolic links
+ using LSB methodology.
+
+ remove_initd
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: general/sysutils/sysutils.xml
===================================================================
--- general/sysutils/sysutils.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ general/sysutils/sysutils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -20,4 +20,5 @@
installation or configuration purposes.
+
@@ -26,4 +27,5 @@
+
@@ -48,5 +50,5 @@
-
+
Index: index.xml
===================================================================
--- index.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ index.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@
-
+
Index: introduction/welcome/changelog.xml
===================================================================
--- introduction/welcome/changelog.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ introduction/welcome/changelog.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -43,4 +43,13 @@
+ November 3rd, 2011
+
+
+ [bdubbs] - Rearrange package organization.
+
+
+
+
+ November 2nd, 2011
@@ -108,5 +117,5 @@
- October 26th, 2011
+ October 27th, 2011
Index: networking/connect/connect.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/connect/connect.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/connect/connect.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Connecting to a Network
+
+ The LFS book covers setting up networking by connecting to a LAN
+ with a static IP address. There are other methods used to obtain an IP
+ address and connect to a LAN and other networks (such as the Internet).
+ The most popular methods (DHCP and PPP) are covered in this chapter.
+
+ DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is a protocol
+ used by many sites to automatically provide information such as IP addresses,
+ subnet masks and routing information to computers. If your network uses
+ DHCP, you will need a DHCP client in order to connect to it.
+
+ PPP stands for Point-to-Point Protocol. It is a data link protocol
+ commonly used for establishing authenticated IP connections over
+ a phone line with a modem, or over radio waves with a cellular phone. There
+ is also a variant (PPPoE) that works over Ethernet and is used by cable
+ providers to authenticate the Internet connections.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/connect/dhcp-client.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/connect/dhcp-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/connect/dhcp-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ DHCP-&dhcp-version; Client Configuration
+
+
+ dhclient
+
+
+ The DHCP package comes with
+ both a client (dhclient) and a server program for
+ using DHCP. If you want to install this package,
+ the instructions can be found at .
+ Note that if you only want to use the client, you
+ do not need to run the server and so do not need
+ the startup script and links provided for the server daemon.
+ You only need to run the DHCP server if you're providing
+ this service to a network, and it's likely that you'll know if that's the
+ case; if it isn't, don't run the server! Once you have installed the
+ package, return here for information on how to configure the client
+ (dhclient).
+
+
+ Configuring DHCP Client
+
+ To configure dhclient,
+ you need to first install the network service script,
+ /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/dhclient
+ included in the package
+ (as root):
+
+
+ dhclient (service script)
+
+
+make install-service-dhclient
+
+ Next, create the
+ /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient
+ configuration file with the following commands as the root user. Adjust as
+ necessary for additional interfaces:
+
+
+ /etc/sysconfig/.../dhclient
+
+
+install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
+cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient << "EOF"
+ONBOOT="yes"
+SERVICE="dhclient"
+DHCP_START="-q <add additional start parameters here>"
+DHCP_STOP="-q -r <add additional stop parameters here>"
+
+# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print
+# the DHCP assigned IP address
+PRINTIP="no"
+
+# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for
+# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
+PRINTALL="no"
+EOF
+
+ For more information on the appropriate
+ DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP
+ values, examine the man page for dhclient.
+
+ Finally, you should create the
+ /etc/dhclient.conf file using the following commands
+ as the root user:
+
+
+ /etc/dhclient.conf
+
+
+
+ You'll need to add a second interface definition to the file if you
+ have more than one interface.
+
+
+cat > /etc/dhclient.conf << "EOF"
+# dhclient.conf
+
+interface "eth0"{
+prepend domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;
+request subnet-mask, broadcast-address, time-offset, routers,
+ domain-name, domain-name-servers, host-name;
+require subnet-mask, domain-name-servers;
+}
+# end dhclient.conf
+EOF
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/connect/dhcp.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/connect/dhcp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/connect/dhcp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ DHCP-&dhcp-version;
+
+
+ Dhcp
+
+
+
+ Introduction to DHCP
+
+ The DHCP package contains both the client
+ and server programs for DHCP. dhclient (the client) is
+ useful for connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign
+ network addresses. dhcpd (the server) is useful for
+ assigning network addresses on your private network.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &dhcp-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &dhcp-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &dhcp-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &dhcp-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Required Patch:
+
+
+
+ Optional Patch:
+
+
+
+
+ DHCP Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ (you may omit
+ net-tools by using the optional patch
+ to utilize iproute2.
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Kernel Configuration
+
+ You must have Packet Socket support (Device Drivers ⇒ Networking
+ Support ⇒ Networking Options ⇒ Packet Socket) compiled into
+ the kernel.
+
+
+ DHCP
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of DHCP
+
+ First fix a problem with always regenerating
+ /etc/resolv.conf whether the DNS server has changed or not.
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-&dhcp-version;-client_dns-1.patch
+
+ If you chose not to install net-tools, apply the
+ iproute2 patch:
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-&dhcp-version;-iproute2-1.patch
+
+ Install DHCP by running
+ the following commands:
+
+./configure &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include: This
+ command installs the library and include files in
+ /usr instead of
+ /usr/local.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring DHCP
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/dhclient.conf and
+ /etc/dhcpd.conf
+
+
+ /etc/dhclient.conf
+
+
+
+ /etc/dhcpd.conf
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ Information on configuring the DHCP client can be
+ found in .
+
+ Note that you only need the DHCP server if you want to issue
+ LAN addresses over your network. The DHCP client doesn't need this
+ script to be used. Also note that this script is coded for the
+ eth1 interface, which may need
+ to be modified for your hardware configuration.
+
+ Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcp
+ init script included in the
+ package.
+
+
+ dhcpd
+
+
+make install-dhcp
+
+ The lease file must exist on startup. The following command will
+ satisfy that requirement:
+
+touch /var/state/dhcp/dhcpd.leases
+
+ The following commands will create a base configuration file
+ for a DHCP server. There are several options that you may want to
+ add (information that is passed back to the DHCP client) and those
+ are covered in the man pages for dhcp.conf.
+
+cat > /etc/dhcpd.conf << "EOF"
+default-lease-time 72000;
+max-lease-time 144000;
+ddns-update-style ad-hoc;
+
+subnet <192.168.5.0> netmask <255.255.255.0> {
+ range <192.168.5.10> <192.168.5.240>;
+ option broadcast-address <192.168.5.255>;
+ option routers <192.168.5.1>;
+}
+EOF
+
+ All addresses should be changed to meet your circumstance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ dhcpd, dhcrelay, dhclient, dhclient-script, and omshell
+ bdhcpctl.a, libomapi.a
+ /var/state/dhcp, /usr/include/omapip, and /usr/include/isi-dhcp
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ dhclient
+
+ is the implementation of the DHCP client.
+
+ dhclient
+
+
+
+
+
+ dhcpd
+
+ implements Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and
+ Internet Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) requests for network
+ addresses.
+
+ dhcpd
+
+
+
+
+
+ dhcrelay
+
+ provides a means to accept DHCP and BOOTP requests on a subnet
+ without a DHCP server and relay them to a DHCP server on another
+ subnet.
+
+ dhcrelay
+
+
+
+
+
+ omshell
+
+ provides an interactive way to connect to, query, and
+ possibly change, the ISC DHCP Server's state via OMAPI, the
+ Object Management API.
+
+ omshell
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/connect/dhcpcd.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/connect/dhcpcd.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/connect/dhcpcd.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ dhcpcd-&dhcpcd-version;
+
+
+ dhcpcd
+
+
+
+ Introduction to dhcpcd
+
+ dhcpcd is an implementation of the
+ DHCP client specified in RFC2131. This is useful for connecting
+ your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network
+ addresses.
+
+ &lfs70_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &dhcpcd-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &dhcpcd-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &dhcpcd-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &dhcpcd-time;
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of dhcpcd
+
+ Install dhcpcd by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --libexecdir=/lib/dhcpcd \
+ --dbdir=/run \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+ By default, a plain text lease info file isn't created but the
+ dhcpcd provides a hook which can be used for creating
+ such a file. Install the hook by running the following
+ commands as the root user:
+
+sed -i "s;/var/lib;/run;g" dhcpcd-hooks/50-dhcpcd-compat &&
+install -v -m 644 dhcpcd-hooks/50-dhcpcd-compat /lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks/
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring dhcpcd
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/dhcpcd/dhcpcd.conf
+
+
+ /etc/dhcpcd/dhcpcd.conf
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ To configure dhcpcd, you need to first install
+ the network service script,
+ /lib/services/dhcpcd
+ included in the package
+ (as user root):
+
+
+ dhcpcd (service script)
+
+
+make install-service-dhcpcd
+
+ Whenever dhcpcd configures or shuts down
+ a network interface, it executes hook scripts. For more details
+ about those scripts, see the dhcpcd-run-hooks and
+ dhcpcd man pages.
+
+ Finally, as the root user create the
+ /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0
+ configuration file using the following commands. Adjust appropriately
+ for additional interfaces:
+
+
+ /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 (dhcpcd)
+
+
+cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
+ONBOOT="yes"
+IFACE="eth0"
+SERVICE="dhcpcd"
+DHCP_START="<insert appropriate start options here>"
+DHCP_STOP="-k <insert additional stop options here>"
+EOF
+
+ For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and
+ DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for
+ dhcpcd.
+
+
+
+ The default behavior of
+ dhcpcd sets the hostname and mtu settings. It also
+ overwrites /etc/resolv.conf and
+ /etc/ntp.conf.
+
+ These modifications to system files and settings on system
+ configuration files are done by hooks which are stored in /lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks.
+
+ Setup dhcpcd by removing or adding hooks from/to
+ that directory. The execution of hooks can be disabled by using the
+ () command line option or
+ by the option in the
+ /etc/dhcpcd.conf file.
+
+ Review the dhcpcd man page for switches to add
+ to the DHCP_START value.
+
+
+
+
+ /etc/resolv.conf
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directory
+
+
+ dhcpcd
+ None
+ /lib/dhcpcd
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ dhcpcd
+
+ is an implementation of the DHCP client specified
+ in RFC2131.
+
+ dhcpcd
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/connect/ppp.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/connect/ppp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/connect/ppp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ PPP-&ppp-version;
+
+
+ PPP
+
+
+
+ Introduction to PPP
+
+ The PPP package contains the
+ pppd daemon and the chat
+ program. This is used for connecting to other machines; often for connecting to
+ the Internet via a dial-up or PPPoE connection to an ISP.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &ppp-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &ppp-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &ppp-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &ppp-time;
+
+
+
+ PPP Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ (needed to do PPP filtering),
+ (to authenticate incoming calls using PAM),
+ and Linux ATM (to
+ build the pppoatm.so plugin)
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of PPP
+
+
+ PPP support (CONFIG_PPP),
+ the asynchronous line discipline (CONFIG_PPP_ASYNC), the
+ driver for your serial port device and/or the PPP over Ethernet
+ (PPPoE) protocol driver (CONGIG_PPPOE) must be compiled into the
+ kernel or loaded as kernel modules.
+ Udev doesn't load the ppp_generic and pppoe modules automatically, they
+ must be mentioned in the /etc/sysconfig/modules
+ file.
+
+
+
+ PPP support
+
+
+ Create (as root)
+ the group for users who may run PPP:
+
+groupadd -g 52 pppusers
+
+ Install PPP by running the
+ following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+make install-etcppp &&
+install -d /etc/ppp/peers &&
+install -m755 scripts/{pon,poff,plog} /usr/bin &&
+install -m644 scripts/pon.1 /usr/share/man/man1
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ make install-etcppp: This command puts example
+ configuration files in /etc/ppp.
+
+ install -d /etc/ppp/peers: This command creates
+ a directory for PPP peer description files.
+
+
+
+ USE_PAM=y: Add this argument to the
+ make command to compile in support for PAM, usually
+ needed for authenticating inbound calls against a central database.
+
+ HAVE_INET6=y: Add this argument to the
+ make command to compile in support for IPv6.
+
+ CBCP=y: Add this argument to the
+ make command to compile in support for the
+ Microsoft proprietary Callback Control Protocol.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring PPP
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/ppp/*
+
+
+ /etc/ppp/*
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ The PPP daemon requires some
+ configuration. The main trick is scripting the connection.
+ For dialup and GPRS connections, this can be done
+ either using the chat program which comes with
+ this package, or by using external tools such as
+ WvDial
+ or KPPP from
+ . The text below explains how to set up
+ dialup, GPRS and PPPoE connections using only tools provided with
+ the PPP package. All configuration steps
+ in this section are executed as the
+ root user.
+
+ Add the users who may run PPP to the
+ pppusers group:
+
+usermod -a -G pppusers <username>
+
+
+ Setting the passwords
+
+ Instructions in this section result in your password
+ appearing on the screen in a visible clear-text form. Make sure that
+ nobody else looks at the screen.
+
+ Passwords are stored in /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
+ and /etc/ppp/chap-secrets files, depending on the
+ authentication method used by the ISP. If in doubt, place the password
+ into both files. E.g., if the username given by the ISP is
+ jdoe, the password is guessit, the
+ ISP uses PAP and the user wants to name this account
+ dialup in order to distinguish it from other PPP accounts,
+ the following file has to be created:
+touch /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
+chmod 600 /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
+cat >>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets <<"EOF"
+# username remotename password IP for the peer
+jdoe dialup guessit *
+EOF
+
+
+
+ DNS Server Configuration
+
+ If you don't run your own caching DNS server, create a simple
+ ip-up script (to be called by pppd
+ automatically once the connection is brought up) that populates the
+ /etc/resolv.conf file with nameservers specified
+ by the ISP.
+cat >/etc/ppp/ip-up <<"EOF"
+#!/bin/sh
+if [ "$USEPEERDNS" = "1" ] && [ -s /etc/ppp/resolv.conf ]
+then
+ install -m 644 /etc/ppp/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf
+fi
+EOF
+chmod 755 /etc/ppp/ip-up
+ If you use a caching DNS server such as
+ or Pdnsd,
+ the script above is wrong for you. In such a case, write your
+ own script that tells your caching nameserver to forward queries to
+ upstream DNS servers specified in the $DNS1 and $DNS2 environment
+ variables.
+
+
+
+
+ Dialup Modem Connection
+
+
+ Dialup connections are established with the help of a modem
+ connected to a computer and the telephone line. The modem dials a
+ telephone number of the ISP's modem, and they exchange data using
+ the signal frequencies 300-4000 Hz. Typical data transfer
+ rate is 40-50 kilobits per second, and the gateway ping time
+ (latency) is up to 300-400 ms. In order to configure the
+ dialup connection, it is required to know the telephone number of
+ the ISP's modem pool, the username and the password.
+
+ In order to configure a dialup connection, two files have to
+ be created: a chat script that automates the connection procedure
+ (common for all dialup accounts), and a peer file that provides
+ configuration information about a specific connection to
+ pppd:
+cat >/etc/ppp/dialup.chat <<"EOF"
+ABORT BUSY ABORT 'NO CARRIER' ABORT VOICE ABORT 'NO DIALTONE'
+ABORT 'NO DIAL TONE' ABORT 'NO ANSWER' ABORT DELAYED
+ABORT ERROR ABORT BLACKLISTED
+
+TIMEOUT 5
+'' AT
+# \T is the phone number, passed from /etc/ppp/peers/dialup
+OK-+++\dATH0-OK ATD\T
+TIMEOUT 75
+CONNECT \d\c
+EOF
+
+cat >/etc/ppp/peers/dialup <<"EOF"
+# Your username at the ISP
+user "jdoe"
+# What should be in the second column in /etc/ppp/*-secrets
+remotename "dialup"
+# Replace TTTTTTT with the ISP phone number
+connect "/usr/sbin/chat -T TTTTTTT -f /etc/ppp/dialup.chat"
+
+# Specify your modem serial port and speed below
+/dev/ttyS0
+115200
+
+# The settings below usually don't need to be changed
+updetach
+noauth
+hide-password
+debug
+lock
+defaultroute
+noipdefault
+usepeerdns
+EOF
+
+ The first three lines of the
+ /etc/ppp/dialup.chat file abort the script when
+ it receives an indication of an error from the modem. Then the timeout
+ is set to 5 seconds and the script checks that the modem responds to
+ the dummy AT command. If not, measures are taken to dewedge it
+ (by interrupting the data transfer and going on hook). Then the
+ telephone number is dialed, and the script waits for the answer for
+ 75 seconds. The serial connection is considered established when the
+ modem sends the string CONNECT.
+
+
+
+
+ GPRS and EDGE Connections
+
+
+ GPRS and EDGE connections are established with the help of a
+ cellular phone connected to a computer via serial, USB, or Bluetooth.
+ The phone exchanges data packets with the nearest base station,
+ which can be up to 35 kilometers away.
+
+
+
+ The maximum possible data transfer rate is 170 kilobits per second
+ for GPRS and 474 kilobits per second for EDGE, but many cellular
+ operators impose lower limits, such as 64 kilobits per second. The
+ gateway ping time is 900 ms for GPRS, which makes playing many online
+ games impossible and causes connection to ICQ to be unreliable.
+ In order to configure a GPRS or EDGE connection,
+ it is required to know the access point name (APN) and, rarely, the
+ username and the password.
+ In most cases, billing is based on the telephone number, and the
+ username/password pair is not needed, as assumed in the example
+ below.
+
+ In order to configure a GPRS connection, two files have to
+ be created: a chat script that automates the connection procedure
+ (common for all GPRS accounts), and a peer file that provides
+ configuration information about a specific connection to
+ pppd:
+cat >/etc/ppp/gprs.chat <<"EOF"
+ABORT BUSY ABORT 'NO CARRIER' ABORT VOICE ABORT 'NO DIALTONE'
+ABORT 'NO DIAL TONE' ABORT 'NO ANSWER' ABORT DELAYED
+ABORT ERROR ABORT BLACKLISTED
+
+TIMEOUT 5
+'' AT
+OK-+++\dATH0-OK ATZ
+# \T is the APN, passed from /etc/ppp/peers/gprs
+# This example stores the APN as profile #1 in the phone.
+# The "telephone number", *99***<profile_number>#, is always the same.
+# If you want to store this as profile #2, change 1 to 2 in the
+# following two lines.
+OK AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","\T"
+OK "ATD*99***1#"
+CONNECT \d\c
+EOF
+
+cat >/etc/ppp/peers/gprs <<"EOF"
+# Replace inet.example.com with the proper APN for your provider
+connect "/usr/sbin/chat -T inet.example.com -f /etc/ppp/gprs.chat"
+
+# Specify your cellphone serial port and speed below
+# Note: you must manually send some vendor-specific AT commands
+# to certain old cellular phones (such as Sony-Ericsson T200)
+# in order to achieve connection speed more than 9600 bits per second.
+/dev/ttyS1
+115200
+
+# The settings below usually don't need to be changed
+noccp
+noauth
+updetach
+debug
+lock
+defaultroute
+noipdefault
+usepeerdns
+EOF
+
+
+
+ PPPoE connections
+
+
+
+ PPPoE connections are established over Ethernet, typically between
+ a computer and an ADSL router (usually installed in the same room)
+ that forwards the packets down the telephone line using frequencies
+ 25-2500 kHz, thus not interfering with voice calls. Although the router
+ can, in theory, forward any Ethernet packet, PPP encapsulation is used
+ for password-based authentication, so that the ISP can limit the
+ bandwidth and charge money according to the chosen tariff. The maximum
+ data transfer rate on ADSL is 24 megabits per second, and the gateway
+ ping time is typically less than 10 ms. In order to configure a PPPoE
+ connection, it is required to know the username, the password, and,
+ sometimes, the service name and/or the access concentrator name.
+
+ In order to configure a PPPoE connection, only the peer file
+ has to be created:
+cat >/etc/ppp/peers/adsl <<"EOF"
+plugin rp-pppoe.so
+# Ethernet interface name
+eth0
+# Your username at the ISP
+user "jdoe"
+# What should be in the second column in /etc/ppp/*-secrets
+remotename "adsl"
+# If needed, specify the service and the access concentrator name
+# rp_pppoe_service "internet"
+# rp_pppoe_ac "ac1"
+
+# The settings below usually don't need to be changed
+noauth
+hide-password
+updetach
+debug
+defaultroute
+noipdefault
+usepeerdns
+EOF
+
+
+
+ Establishing the connection manually
+
+ In order to establish a PPP connection described by the
+ /etc/ppp/peers/peername
+ file run (as root or as a member
+ of the pppusers group):
+pon peername
+
+ In order to tear the connection down, run:
+poff peername
+
+
+
+
+ Bringing up PPPoE connection at boot time
+ If your service provider does not charge by the minute, it is
+ usually good to have a bootscript handle the connection for you.
+ You can, of course, choose not to install the following script, and
+ start your connection manually with the pon command,
+ as described above. If you wish your PPPoE connection to be brought
+ up at boot time, run:
+
+make install-service-pppoe
+
+ The above command installs the pppoe
+ service script and the /etc/ppp/peers/pppoe
+ file with some settings that make sense for most PPPoE connections.
+ The bootscript calls pppd with the the following
+ options:
+
+pppd call pppoe ${1} linkname ${1} ${PPP_OPTS}
+
+ Here ${1} is the network interface name,
+ linkname ${1} is added for creation of the
+ /var/run/ppp-${1}.pid file with the
+ pppd process ID (to be used when bringing
+ the connection down), and the ${PPP_OPTS} variable
+ contains user-specified options such as user and
+ remotename.
+
+ Now create the config file for use with the pppoe
+ service script:
+
+install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
+cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/pppoe << "EOF"
+ONBOOT="yes"
+SERVICE="pppoe"
+PPP_OPTS="user jdoe remotename adsl"
+EOF
+
+ Instead of specifying additional options in the $PPP_OPTS
+ variable, you can also edit the /etc/ppp/peers/pppoe
+ file, but then your configuration will be lost when upgrading
+ BLFS bootscripts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ chat, pon, poff, plog, pppd, pppdump, pppoe-discovery and pppstats
+ Several plugin modules installed in
+ /usr/lib/pppd/&ppp-version;
+ /etc/ppp, /usr/include/pppd and /usr/lib/pppd
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ chat
+
+ defines a conversational exchange between the computer and the
+ modem. Its primary purpose is to establish the connection between the
+ Point-to-Point Protocol Daemon (PPPD) and the remote
+ pppd process.
+
+ chat
+
+
+
+
+
+ pon
+
+ is the script that establishes a PPP connection
+
+ pon
+
+
+
+
+
+ poff
+
+ is the script that tears a PPP connection down.
+
+ poff
+
+
+
+
+
+ plog
+
+ is a script that prints the tail of the PPP log.
+
+ plog
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ pppd
+
+ is the Point to Point Protocol daemon.
+
+ pppd
+
+
+
+
+
+ pppdump
+
+ is used to convert
+ PPP record files to a readable
+ format.
+
+ pppdump
+
+
+
+
+
+ pppstats
+
+ is used to print
+ PPP statistics.
+
+ pppstats
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/fetchmail.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/fetchmail.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/fetchmail.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Fetchmail-&fetchmail-version;
+
+
+ Fetchmail
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Fetchmail
+
+ The Fetchmail package contains a mail
+ retrieval program. It retrieves mail from remote mail servers and
+ forwards it to the local (client) machine's delivery system, so it can then be
+ read by normal mail user agents.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &fetchmail-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &fetchmail-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &fetchmail-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &fetchmail-time;
+
+
+
+ Fetchmail Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ and a local MDA
+ ()
+
+ Optional
+ and
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Fetchmail
+
+ Install Fetchmail by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --with-ssl --enable-fallback=procmail &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --with-ssl: This enables SSL support, so that
+ you can handle connections to secure POP3 and IMAP servers.
+
+ --enable-fallback=procmail: This tells
+ Fetchmail to hand incoming mail to
+ Procmail for delivery, if the port 25 mail server is
+ not present or not responding.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Fetchmail
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ ~/.fetchmailrc
+
+
+ ~/.fetchmailrc
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+cat > ~/.fetchmailrc << "EOF"
+set logfile /var/log/fetchmail.log
+set no bouncemail
+set postmaster root
+
+poll SERVERNAME :
+ user <username> pass <password>;
+ mda "/usr/bin/procmail -f %F -d %T";
+EOF
+
+chmod -v 0600 ~/.fetchmailrc
+
+ This is an example configuration that should suffice for most people.
+ You can add as many users and servers as you need using the same syntax.
+
+ man fetchmail: Look for the section near
+ the bottom named CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES. It
+ gives some quick examples. There are countless other config options once
+ you get used to it.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ fetchmail and fetchmailconf
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ fetchmail
+
+ when executed as a user, this will source
+ ~/.fetchmailrc and download the appropriate mail.
+
+
+ fetchmail
+
+
+
+
+
+ fetchmailconf
+
+ it will assist you in setting up and editing a
+ ~/.fetchmailrc configuration file, by using
+ a Tk GUI interface. It requires
+ Python and it must have the Tkinker module
+ available.
+
+ fetchmailconf
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/mailnews.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/mailnews.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/mailnews.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ Mail/News Clients
+
+ Mail Clients help you retrieve (Fetchmail), sort (Procmail), read and
+ compose responses (Heirloom mailx, Mutt, Pine, Kmail, Balsa, Evolution,
+ SeaMonkey) to email.
+
+ News clients also help you retrieve, sort, read and compose
+ responses, but these messages travel through USENET (a worldwide
+ bulletin board system) using the Network News Transfer Protocol
+ (NNTP).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/mailx.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/mailx.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/mailx.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Heirloom mailx-&mailx-version;
+
+
+ Heirloom mailx
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Heirloom mailx
+
+ The Heirloom mailx package (formerly
+ known as the Nail package) contains
+ mailx, a command-line Mail User Agent derived from
+ Berkeley Mail. It is intended to provide the functionality of the POSIX
+ mailx command with additional support for MIME messages,
+ IMAP (including caching), POP3, SMTP, S/MIME, message threading/sorting,
+ scoring, and filtering. Heirloom mailx is
+ especially useful for writing scripts and batch processing.
+
+ &lfs67_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &mailx-md5sum;
+
+ Download size: &mailx-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &mailx-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &mailx-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Required patch:
+ (if you intend to link this package against
+ openssl)
+
+
+
+ Heirloom mailx Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ or
+ ,
+ or (for IMAP GSSAPI
+ authentication), and an
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Heirloom mailx
+
+ Install Heirloom mailx by running the
+ following commands.
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../mailx-&mailx-version;-openssl_1_0_0_build_fix-1.patch &&
+make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install &&
+ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/mail &&
+ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/nail &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mailx-&mailx-version; &&
+install -v -m644 README mailx.1.html /usr/share/doc/mailx-&mailx-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail: This changes the
+ default MTA path of /usr/lib/sendmail.
+
+ make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install
+ install: This changes the default installation path of
+ /usr/local and the default
+ install command path of
+ /usr/ucb.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Heirloom mailx
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/nail.rc, ~/.mailrc
+ and ~/.nailrc
+
+
+ /etc/nail.rc
+
+
+
+ ~/.mailrc
+
+
+
+ ~/.nailrc
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ mail, mailx and nail
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ mailx
+
+ is a command-line mail user agent compatible with the
+ mailx command found on commercial Unix
+ versions.
+
+ mailx
+
+
+
+
+
+ mail
+
+ is a symbolic link to mailx.
+
+ mail
+
+
+
+
+
+ nail
+
+ is a symbolic link to mailx.
+
+ nail
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/mutt.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/mutt.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/mutt.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Mutt-&mutt-version;
+
+
+ mutt
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Mutt
+
+ The Mutt package contains a Mail User
+ Agent. This is useful for reading, writing, replying to, saving, and
+ deleting your email.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &mutt-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &mutt-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &mutt-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &mutt-time;
+
+
+
+
+
+ Mutt Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ or ,
+ or ,
+ an (that provides a sendmail command),
+ ,
+ or ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ or
+
+ QDBM or
+ Tokyo Cabinet, and
+ GDB
+
+
+ Optional (To Regenerate HTML
+ Documentation)
+ and either
+ ,
+ or
+ ELinks
+
+ Optional (To Generate PDF Manual)
+ and
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Mutt
+
+
+ This version of Mutt is a development
+ release. The BLFS staff has determined that it provides a stable
+ program and fixes two issues in the current stable version of
+ Mutt: a segmentation fault that occurs under
+ certain conditions and a compilation problem when building with recent
+ versions of GCC. To find the current
+ stable release, please refer to the
+ Mutt home page.
+
+
+ Mutt requires a group named
+ mail. You can
+ add this group, if it does not exist, with this command:
+
+groupadd -g 34 mail
+
+ If you did not install an MTA, such as or
+ , you need to modify the ownership of
+ /var/mail with this command:
+
+chgrp -v mail /var/mail
+
+ Install Mutt by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version; \
+ --enable-pop --enable-imap \
+ --enable-hcache --without-qdbm \
+ --without-tokyocabinet \
+ --with-gdbm --without-bdb &&
+make
+
+
+
+ To generate the PDF manual with , run
+ the following command:
+
+make -C doc manual.pdf
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+ If you generated the PDF manual, install it and the source TeX
+ file by issuing the following command as the
+ root user:
+
+install -v -m644 doc/manual.{pdf,tex} \
+ /usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --enable-pop: This switch enables
+ POP3 support.
+
+ --enable-imap: This switch enables
+ IMAP support.
+
+ --enable-hcache: This switch enables
+ header caching.
+
+ --without-qdbm: This switch disables
+ QDBM as the header cache backend.
+
+ --without-tokyocabinet: This switch disables
+ Tokyo Cabinet as the header cache backend.
+
+
+
+ --with-gdbm: This switch enables
+ GDBM as the header cache backend.
+
+ --without-bdb: This switch disables
+ Berkeley DB as the header cache backend.
+
+ --enable-smtp: This switch enables
+ SMTP relay support.
+
+ --with-ssl: This parameter adds SSL/TLS
+ support from in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they are
+ enabled.
+
+ --with-sasl: This parameter adds
+ authentication support from in POP3/IMAP/SMTP
+ if they are enabled. Depending on the server configuration, this may not
+ be needed for POP3 or IMAP. However, it is needed for SMTP
+ authentication.
+
+ --with-slang: Use S-Lang
+ instead of Ncurses.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Mutt
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/Muttrc, ~/.muttrc,
+ /etc/mime.types, ~/.mime.types
+
+
+ /etc/Muttrc
+
+
+
+ ~/.muttrc
+
+
+
+ /etc/mime.types
+
+
+
+ ~/.mime.types
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ No changes in these files are necessary to begin using
+ Mutt. When you are ready to make changes, the
+ man page for muttrc is a good starting place.
+
+ In order to utilize GnuPG, use the following
+ command:
+
+cat /usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version;/samples/gpg.rc >> ~/.muttrc
+
+ Mutt uses gpg in the
+ imported sample. If you have installed and you
+ do not have installed you can create a symlink
+ to satisfy this condition:
+
+ ln -v -s gpg2 /usr/bin/gpg
+
+ If, however, you have installed and you wish
+ to use , then you should edit
+ ~/.muttrc by hand and change all occurances of
+ gpg to gpg2.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ flea, mutt, mutt_dotlock, muttbug, pgpewrap, pgpring, and
+ smime_keys
+ None
+ /usr/share/doc/mutt-&mutt-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ flea
+
+ is a bug submitter for Mutt.
+
+ flea
+
+
+
+
+
+ mutt
+
+ is a Mail User Agent (MUA) which enables you to read, write
+ and delete your email.
+
+ mutt
+
+
+
+
+
+ mutt_dotlock
+
+ implements the mail spool file lock.
+
+ mutt_dotlock
+
+
+
+
+
+ muttbug
+
+ is a script that executes flea.
+
+ muttbug
+
+
+
+
+
+ pgpewrap
+
+ prepares a command line for the
+ utilities.
+
+ pgpewrap
+
+
+
+
+
+ pgpring
+
+ is a key ring dumper for PGP. It is not needed for
+ .
+
+ pgpring
+
+
+
+
+
+ smime_keys
+
+ manages a keystore for S/MIME certificates.
+
+ smime_keys
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/other.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/other.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/other.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Other Mail and News Programs
+
+ is a GTK2 based newsreader program.
+
+ knode is a Qt based
+ newsreader program from .
+
+ kmail is a Qt based mail
+ client from .
+
+ is a GTK2 based mail client.
+
+ includes both a mail client and newsreader in
+ its installation.
+
+ is a mail/news client based on the
+ Mozilla code base.
+
+ includes a GTK2 based mail client.
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/pine.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/pine.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/pine.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Pine-&pine-version;
+
+
+ Pine
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Pine
+
+ The Pine package contains the
+ Pine Mail User Agent and several
+ server daemons for various mail protocols, in addition to some nice
+ file and directory editing/browsing programs.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &pine-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &pine-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &pine-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &pine-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Recommended Patch:
+
+
+
+ Pine Dependencies
+
+ Required
+
+
+ Optional
+ and
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Pine
+
+ Install Pine by running the following
+ commands:
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../pine-&pine-version;-utf8-1.patch &&
+sed -i "s@/usr/local/lib/pine@/etc/pine@g" \
+ $(grep -lr /usr/local/lib/pine *) &&
+./build DEBUG=-O MAILSPOOL=/var/mail \
+ SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs slx
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+install -v -m644 doc/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
+install -v -p -m644 doc/tech-notes/*.html /usr/share/doc/pine&pine-version; &&
+install -v -m755 \
+bin/{pine,imapd,ipop2d,ipop3d,mailutil,mtest,pico,pilot,rpdump,rpload} \
+ /usr/bin
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ patch -Np1 -i ../pine-&pine-version;-utf8-1.patch:
+ This patch enables Pine UTF-8 and charset conversion.
+
+ sed -i "s@/usr/ ... /lib/pine *): This
+ sed will make Pine use /etc for configuration files. It also alters
+ the documentation to reflect that.
+
+ The build procedure for Pine is somewhat
+ unusual, in that options usually passed as ./configure
+ options or housed in $CFLAGS must all be passed on the command
+ line to the ./build script.
+
+ ./build slx: Pine offers
+ quite a few target platforms, slx specifies Linux using
+ to get the crypt function. See the
+ doc/pine-ports file for more information and
+ other authentication options.
+
+ DEBUG=-O: This flag compiles an optimized
+ version of pine and pico that
+ produces no debug files.
+
+ MAILSPOOL=/var/mail: Location of mail spool
+ files, /var/mail.
+
+ SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs: Location
+ of OpenSSL files.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Pine
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ ~/.pinerc
+
+
+ ~/.pinerc
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ The pine executable needs no global configuration to
+ use. Users set Pine options in
+ ~/.pinerc using an internal configuration menu.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ imapd, ipop2d, ipop3d, mtest, pico, pilot, pine, rpdump, and rpload
+ None
+ /usr/share/doc/pine&pine-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ imapd
+
+ is the IMAP server daemon.
+
+ pine
+
+
+
+
+
+ ipop2d
+
+ is an IMAP to POP2 conversion server.
+
+ ipop2d
+
+
+
+
+
+ ipop3d
+
+ is an IMAP to POP3 conversion server.
+
+ ipop3d
+
+
+
+
+
+ metest
+
+ is a minimal IMAP mail user agent, used for debugging.
+
+ mtest
+
+
+
+
+
+ pico
+
+ is a stand-alone editor, similar to the
+ Pine internal message composer.
+
+ pico
+
+
+
+
+
+ pilot
+
+ is a file and directory navigator and browser.
+
+ pilot
+
+
+
+
+
+ pine
+
+ is the Pine mail user agent.
+
+ pine
+
+
+
+
+
+ rpdump
+
+ is used to copy data from remote Pine
+ configuration files or address books into a local file.
+
+ rpdump
+
+
+
+
+
+ rpload
+
+ is the Pine remote data utility, used to
+ convert local Pine configuration files or address
+ books into remote configurations or address books.
+
+ rpload
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/procmail.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/procmail.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/procmail.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Procmail-&procmail-version;
+
+
+ Procmail
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Procmail
+
+ The Procmail package contains an autonomous
+ mail processor. This is useful for filtering and sorting incoming mail.
+
+ &lfs67_built;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &procmail-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &procmail-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &procmail-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &procmail-time;
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Procmail
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Install Procmail by running the following
+ commands as the root user:
+
+sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch] &&
+make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install &&
+make install-suid
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch]: This renames
+ procmail's getline function to avoid conflict with the getline function from
+ glibc.
+
+ make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install: This prevents
+ make from asking you where to test file-locking
+ patterns.
+
+ make install-suid: Modifies permissions of
+ the installed files.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Procmail
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/procmailrc and
+ ~/.procmailrc
+
+
+ ~/.procmailrc
+
+
+
+ /etc/procmailrc
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ Recipes have to be written and placed in
+ ~/.procmailrc for execution. The procmailex man
+ page is the starting place to learn how to write recipes.
+ For additional information, see also
+ .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ formail, lockfile, mailstat and procmail
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ formail
+
+ is a filter that can be used to format mail into mailbox format.
+
+ formail
+
+
+
+
+
+ lockfile
+
+ is a utility that can lock a file for single use interactively or in a
+ script.
+
+ lockfile
+
+
+
+
+
+ mailstat
+
+ prints a summary report of mail that has been filtered by
+ procmail since the last time mailstat
+ was ran.
+
+ mailstat
+
+
+
+
+
+ procmail
+
+ is an autonomous mail processor. It performs all the functions
+ of an MDA (Mail Delivery Agent).
+
+ procmail
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/slrn.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/slrn.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/slrn.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Slrn-&slrn-version;
+
+
+ Slrn
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Slrn
+
+ slrn is a slang-based news reader, capable of
+ reading local news spools as well as groups from an NNTP server. Small local news
+ spools can also be created with the use of the slrnpull
+ program included in the slrn distribution.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &slrn-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &slrn-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &slrn-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &slrn-time;
+
+
+
+ Slrn Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ and
+ an
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ GnuTLS,
+ UUDeview,
+ INN and
+ libcanlock
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Slrn
+
+ Install slrn by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --with-slrnpull --enable-spool &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --with-slrnpull --enable-spool: These
+ switches enable building the slrnpull
+ executable.
+
+ : This switch adds
+ OpenSSL support to
+ slrn.
+
+ : This switch adds
+ UUDeview support to
+ slrn.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Slrn
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/slrn.rc,
+ ~/.slrnrc
+
+
+ /etc/slrn.rc
+
+
+
+ ~/.slrnrc
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ The first time slrn is run, the
+ ~/.jnewsrc file must be created. For this configuration
+ to work, you must have an environmental variable, NNTPSERVER,
+ set. In normal operation it would be exported into the environment by a startup file,
+ like /etc/profile or ~/.bashrc. Here it
+ is just put it into the environment of the configuration step. For now, the LFS news
+ server is used in this example, but you should use whatever server you prefer.
+
+ Create the ~/.jnewsrc file with the following
+ command:
+
+NNTPSERVER=<news.&lfs-domainname;> \
+ slrn -f ~/.jnewsrc --create
+
+
+ ~/.jnewsrc
+
+
+ You will also have to edit one of the configuration files. There is a sample
+ startup /usr/share/doc/slrn/slrn.rc file that comes with
+ slrn. It is extensively documented but if you need more
+ information, look at the
+ slrn website.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ slrn and slrnpull
+ None
+ /usr/share/slrn and usr/share/doc/slrn
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ slrn
+
+ is the slang-based news reader.
+
+ slrn
+
+
+
+
+
+ slrnpull
+
+ is used to pull a small news feed from an NNTP server for offline
+ reading.
+
+ slrnpull
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/mailnews/tin.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/mailnews/tin.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/mailnews/tin.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ TIN-&tin-version;
+
+
+ TIN
+
+
+
+ Introduction to TIN
+
+ TIN is a threaded NNTP and spool based
+ console-mode UseNet newsreader. It supports threading, scoring,
+ different charsets, and many other useful things. It has also support for
+ different languages.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &tin-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &tin-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &tin-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &tin-time;
+
+
+
+ TIN Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ ,
+ an that provides the
+ sendmail command or ,
+ ,
+
+ ,
+ INN,
+ UUDeview,
+ Socks,
+ Metamail,
+ and
+ Dmalloc
+ or
+ dbmalloc
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of TIN
+
+ Install TIN by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --with-screen=ncursesw \
+ --enable-nntp-only --disable-printing &&
+make build
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+make install_sysdefs &&
+rm -vf doc/*.? &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tin-&tin-version; &&
+install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/tin-&tin-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --with-screen=ncursesw: This switch forces
+ the use of wide-character functions from the ncursesw library (for UTF-8
+ and Asian languages support).
+
+ --enable-nntp-only: Reading news from a local
+ spool is disabled with this switch. Don't use this if you have installed
+ INN and want to use its spool.
+
+ --disable-printing: This switch disables
+ printing since TIN cannot send non-ASCII text
+ to the printer correctly. Remove this switch if you can tolerate this
+ limitation.
+
+ --with-editor: This switch sets the default
+ editor used by TIN. The default is
+ vi.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring TIN
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/tin/tinrc,
+ ~/.tin/tinrc,
+ ~/.newsrc,
+ /etc/tin/tin.defaults,
+ /etc/tin/mime.types,
+ /etc/tin/keymap and
+ /etc/mailcap
+
+
+ /etc/tin/tinrc
+
+
+
+ ~/.tin/tinrc
+
+
+
+ ~/.newsrc
+
+
+
+ /etc/tin/tin.defaults
+
+
+
+ /etc/tin/keymap
+
+
+
+ /etc/mailcap
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ Set some global defaults for TIN by
+ running the following commands as the
+ root user:
+
+cat > /etc/tin/tinrc << "EOF"
+use_mouse=ON
+getart_limit=100
+translit=ON
+EOF
+
+ Now, as an unprivileged user, subscribe to some newsgroups,
+ specify the news server, and run tin:
+
+cat >> ~/.newsrc << "EOF"
+gmane.linux.lfs.devel:
+gmane.linux.lfs.beyond.devel:
+EOF
+export NNTPSERVER=news.gmane.org
+tin -Q
+
+ For printing, TIN executes the
+ lpr command. This can be provided by
+ or .
+
+ If you do not have the metamail program,
+ TIN will use an internal parser for multipart
+ MIME articles. Alternatively, you can use Mutt
+ for MIME parsing through the metamutt shell script.
+ This requires both the and
+ programs. To use metamutt,
+ set in
+ tin.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directory
+
+
+ tin, rtin, tinews.pl, metamutt, opt-case.pl, w2r.pl,
+ and url_handler.sh
+ None
+ /etc/tin
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ tin
+
+ is a UseNet news reader.
+
+ tin
+
+
+
+
+
+ rtin
+
+ is a symbolic link to tin.
+
+ rtin
+
+
+
+
+
+ tinews.pl
+
+ posts and signs an article via NNTP.
+
+ tinews.pl
+
+
+
+
+
+ metamutt
+
+ is a replacement of metamail using
+ Mutt.
+
+ metamutt
+
+
+
+
+
+ opt-case.pl
+
+ optimizes case insensitive regexp filters for tin.
+
+ opt-case.pl
+
+
+
+
+
+ w2r.pl
+
+ converts tin wildmat filters to tin regexp filters.
+
+ w2r.pl
+
+
+
+
+
+ url_handler.sh
+
+ calls a web browser for viewing hyperlinks.
+
+ url_handler.sh
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/curl.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/curl.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/curl.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ cURL-&curl-version;
+
+
+ cURL
+
+
+
+ Introduction to cURL
+
+ The cURL package contains
+ curl and its support library
+ libcurl. This is useful for
+ transferring files with URL syntax to any of the following protocols:
+ FTP, FTPS, HTTP, HTTPS, SCP, SFTP, TFTP, TELNET, DICT, LDAP, LDAPS and FILE.
+ This ability to both download and upload files can be incorporated into other
+ programs to support functions like streaming media.
+
+ &lfs70_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &curl-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &curl-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &curl-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &curl-time;
+
+
+
+ cURL Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+
+ or ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ or ,
+ libssh2
+ (for secure transfers),
+ krb4,
+ SPNEGO, and
+ c-ares
+
+ Optional for Running the Test Suite
+ (for the HTTPS and FTPS tests)
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of cURL
+
+ Install cURL by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check. Note that
+ if you have Stunnel and
+ TCP Wrapper installed and you wish to perform
+ the HTTPS tests, you'll need to have an unrestrictive
+ /etc/hosts.deny file.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm &&
+install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/curl-&curl-version; &&
+cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/curl-&curl-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ :
+ This parameter adds Kerberos 5 support to
+ libcurl.
+
+ :
+ This parameter adds SSH2 protocol support to
+ libcurl.
+
+ :
+ To build with GnuTLS
+ support instead of OpenSSL for SSL/TLS.
+
+ find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1"
+ -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm: This command removes
+ Makefiles and man files from the documentation
+ directory that would otherwise be installed by the commands that
+ follow.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ curl and curl-config
+ libcurl.{so,a}
+ /usr/include/curl, /usr/share/curl
+ and /usr/share/doc/curl-&curl-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ curl
+
+ is a command line tool for transferring files with URL syntax.
+
+
+ curl
+
+
+
+
+
+ curl-config
+
+ prints information about the last compile, like libraries
+ linked to and prefix setting.
+
+ curl-config
+
+
+
+
+
+ libcurl.{so,a}
+
+ provides the API functions required by
+ curl and other programs.
+
+ libcurl.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/gnet.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/gnet.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/gnet.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ GNet-&gnet-version;
+
+
+ GNet
+
+
+
+ Introduction to GNet
+
+ The GNet package contains a simple network
+ library. This is useful for supporting TCP sockets, UDP and IP multicast,
+ asynchronous DNS lookup, and more.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &gnet-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &gnet-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &gnet-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &gnet-time;
+
+
+
+ GNet Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ or
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of GNet
+
+ Install GNet by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ None
+ libgnet-2.0.{so,a}
+ /usr/include/gnet-2.0, /usr/lib/gnet-2.0 and
+ /usr/share/doc/libgnet2.0-dev or /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnet
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ libgnet-2.0.{so,a}
+
+ is a simple network library written in C. It is
+ object-oriented and built upon GLib. It is
+ intended to be easy to use and port.
+
+ libgnet-2.0.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/libnice.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/libnice.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/libnice.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ libnice-&libnice-version;
+
+
+ libnice
+
+
+
+ Introduction to libnice
+
+ The libnice package is an implementation of
+ the IETF's draft Interactice Connectivity Establishment standard (ICE). It
+ provides GLib-based library,
+ libnice and GStreamer
+ elements.
+
+ &lfs65_built;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &libnice-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &libnice-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &libnice-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &libnice-time;
+
+
+
+ libnice Dependencies
+
+ Required
+
+
+ Optional
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of libnice
+
+ Install libnice by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ : This option enables GStreamer functionality.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ stunbdc and stund
+ libnice.{so,a} and libgstnice.{so,a}
+ /usr/{include/{nice,stun/usages},share/gtk-doc/html/libnice}
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ libnice.{so,a}
+
+ contains the libnice API functions.
+
+ libnice.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+ libgstnice.{so,a}
+
+ is the gstreamer module.
+
+ libgstnice.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/libpcap.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/libpcap.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/libpcap.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ libpcap-&libpcap-version;
+
+
+ Libpcap
+
+
+
+ Introduction to libpcap
+
+ libpcap provides functions for user-level
+ packet capture, used in low-level network monitoring.
+
+ &lfs65_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &libpcap-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &libpcap-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &libpcap-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &libpcap-time;
+
+
+
+ libpcap Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ Software distribution for the
+ DAG and
+ Septel range of passive
+ network monitoring cards and
+ BlueZ
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of libpcap
+
+ Install libpcap by running the
+ following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directory
+
+
+ libpcap-config
+ libpcap.a
+ /usr/include/pcap
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ libpcap-config
+
+ provides configuration information for libpcap.
+
+ libpcap-config
+
+
+
+
+
+ libpcap.a
+
+ is a library used for user-level packet capture.
+
+ libpcap.a
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/libproxy.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/libproxy.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/libproxy.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ libproxy-&libproxy-version;
+
+
+ libproxy
+
+
+
+ Introduction to libproxy
+
+ The libproxy package is a library that
+ provides automatic proxy configuration management. This is useful in
+ standardizing a way of dealing with proxy settings across all
+ scenarios.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &libproxy-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &libproxy-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &libproxy-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &libproxy-time;
+
+
+
+ libproxy Dependencies
+
+ Recommended
+ (Required if building GNOME)
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ WebKit, and
+ NetworkManager
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of libproxy
+
+ Install libproxy by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ : This option builds the GNOME
+ configuration plugin.
+
+ : This option builds the KDE configuration
+ plugin.
+
+ : This option builds the WebKit
+ JavaScriptCore PAC runner plugin.
+
+ : This option builds the Mozilla
+ JavaScript PAC runner plugin.
+
+ : This option builds the
+ NetworkManager plugin.
+
+ : This option builds the Python
+ bindings.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directory
+
+
+ proxy
+ libproxy.{so,a}, and various
+ libproxy plugins
+ /usr/lib/libproxy/&libproxy-version;/plugins
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ proxy
+
+ is a sample interactive program which lists an array of
+ proxies to use based on a url typed.
+
+ proxy
+
+
+
+
+
+ libproxy.{so,a}
+
+ contains the libproxy API functions.
+
+ libproxy.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/libsoup.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/libsoup.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/libsoup.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ libsoup-&libsoup-version;
+
+
+ Libsoup
+
+
+
+ Introduction to libsoup
+
+ The libsoup package contains an
+ HTTP library implementation in C. This is
+ useful for accessing HTTP servers in a completely asynchronous mode.
+
+ &lfs65_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &libsoup-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &libsoup-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &libsoup-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &libsoup-time;
+
+
+
+ libsoup Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ and
+
+
+ Recommended
+ ,
+ ,
+ , and
+ (The latter three are required if building GNOME)
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ ,
+ (required to run the test suite), and
+ compiled with
+ XMLRPC-EPI
+ support (only used for the XMLRPC regression tests)
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of libsoup
+
+ Install libsoup by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+
+
+ : Use this parameter if you will
+ NOT be installing
+ GNOME.
+
+ : Use this parameter if you wish to
+ disable SSL/TLS support.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ None
+ libsoup-2.4.{so,a} and libsoup-gnome-2.4.{so,a}
+ /usr/{include/{libsoup-2.4/libsoup,libsoup-gnome-2.4/libsoup},
+ share/gtk-doc/html/libsoup-2.4}
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ libsoup-2.4.{so,a}
+
+ provides functions for asynchronous HTTP connections.
+
+ libsoup-2.4.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+ libsoup-gnome-2.4.{so,a}
+
+ provides GNOME specific features.
+
+ libsoup-gnome-2.4.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/neon.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/neon.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/neon.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ neon-&neon-version;
+
+
+ neon
+
+
+
+ Introduction to neon
+
+ The neon package is an HTTP and WebDAV
+ client library, with a C interface.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &neon-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &neon-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &neon-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &neon-time;
+
+
+
+ neon Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ or
+
+
+ Optional
+ or
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of neon
+
+ Install neon by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --enable-shared: This parameter is needed to
+ build the shared libraries, otherwise only static libraries are built and
+ installed.
+
+ : This option enables SSL support
+ using openssl.
+
+ : This option enables SSL support
+ using gnutls.
+
+ : This option forces the use of
+ libxml2.
+
+ : This option forces the use of
+ expat.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ neon-config
+ libneon.{so,a}
+ /usr/{include/neon,share/doc/neon-0.29.6/html}
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ neon-config
+
+ is a script which provides information about an installed copy
+ of the neon library.
+
+ neon-config
+
+
+
+
+
+ libneon.{so,a}
+
+ is used as a high-level interface to common HTTP and WebDAV
+ methods.
+
+ libneon.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netlibs/netlibs.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netlibs/netlibs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netlibs/netlibs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Networking Libraries
+
+ These applications are support libraries for other applications in
+ the book. It is unlikely that you would just install these libraries, you will
+ generally find that you will be referred to this chapter to satisfy a
+ dependency of other applications.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/cvs.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/cvs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/cvs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ CVS-&cvs-version;
+
+
+ CVS
+
+
+
+ Introduction to CVS
+
+ CVS is the Concurrent Versions System.
+ This is a version control system useful for projects using a central
+ repository to hold files and then track all changes made to those files.
+ These instructions install the client used to manipulate the repository,
+ creation of a repository is covered at .
+
+ &lfssvn_checked;20101029&lfssvn_checked2;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &cvs-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &cvs-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &cvs-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &cvs-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Recommended patch:
+
+
+
+ CVS Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+
+ ,
+ ,
+ krb4,
+ or
+ (for the GSSAPI libraries),
+ , and
+ an (that provides a
+ sendmail command)
+
+ CVS will invoke a default text editor to
+ create a commit message if the -m "Commit message"
+ parameter was not used when changes are committed to a repository.
+ CVS looks for the following text editors, in the
+ order shown below, during configuration to determine the default. This
+ default can always be overridden by the CVSEDITOR or
+ EDITOR environment variables and can be specified directly
+ by passing the parameter to the
+ configure script.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ (for Pico)
+
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of CVS
+
+ By default CVS is statically linked
+ against the Zlib library included in its source
+ tree. This makes it exposed to possible security vulnerabilities in that
+ library. If you want to modify CVS to use the
+ system shared Zlib library, apply the following
+ patch:
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../cvs-&cvs-version;-zlib-1.patch
+
+ Install CVS by running
+ the following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ If you have or
+ installed and wish to create DVI, Postscript, HTML or text docs from the
+ documentation source files, issue the following command:
+
+make -C doc html txt dvi ps
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check. This will
+ take quite a while. If you don't have rsh configured for
+ access to the host you are building on (or you didn't pass the
+ parameter to the configure
+ script, some tests may fail. If you passed the
+ parameter to enable ssh
+ as the default remote shell program, you'll need to issue the following
+ command so that the tests will complete without any failures:
+
+sed -e 's/rsh};/ssh};/' \
+ -e 's/g=rw,o=r$/g=r,o=r/' \
+ -i src/sanity.sh
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version; &&
+install -v -m644 FAQ README /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version; &&
+install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;
+
+ If you created any additional documentation, install it by issuing
+ the following commands as the
+ root user:
+
+install -v -m644 doc/*.{ps,dvi,txt} /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version; &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;/html/cvs{,client} &&
+install -v -m644 doc/cvs.html/* \
+ /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;/html/cvs &&
+install -v -m644 doc/cvsclient.html/* \
+ /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;/html/cvsclient
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring CVS
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ ~/.cvsrc, ~/.cvswrappers,
+ and ~/.cvspass.
+
+
+ ~/.cvsrc
+
+
+
+ ~/.cvswrappers
+
+
+
+ ~/.cvspass
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ ~/.cvsrc is the main
+ CVS configuration file.
+ This file is used by users to specify defaults for different
+ cvs commands. For example, to make all
+ cvs diff commands run with , a user
+ would add to their .cvsrc
+ file.
+
+ ~/.cvswrappers specifies wrappers to be used in
+ addition to those specified in the CVSROOT/cvswrappers
+ file in the repository.
+
+ ~/.cvspass contains passwords used to complete
+ logins to servers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ cvs, cvsbug, and rcs2log
+ None
+ /usr/share/cvs and /usr/share/doc/cvs-&cvs-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ cvs
+
+ is the main program file for the concurrent versions system.
+
+ cvs
+
+
+
+
+
+ cvsbug
+
+ is used to send problem reports about CVS
+ to a central support site.
+
+ cvsbug
+
+
+
+
+
+ rcs2log
+
+ is a symlink to the contributed RCS to Change Log
+ generator.
+
+ rcs2log
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/ggz-client-libs.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/ggz-client-libs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/ggz-client-libs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ ggz-client-libs-&ggz-client-libs-version;
+
+
+ ggz-client-libs
+
+
+
+ Introduction to ggz-client-libs
+
+ The ggz-client-libs package provides the
+ common procedures and utilities required to run the GGZ client and games.
+ The routines are shared by other modules in order to ease coding and promote
+ compatibility and stability.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &ggz-client-libs-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &ggz-client-libs-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &ggz-client-libs-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &ggz-client-libs-time;
+
+
+
+ ggz-client-libs Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ and
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of ggz-client-libs
+
+ Install ggz-client-libs by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directory
+
+
+ ggz, ggz-config, ggz-wrapper, and ggzwrap
+ libggzcore.{so,a} and libggzmod.{so,a}
+ /usr/lib/ggz
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ ggz
+
+ is the GGZ Gaming Zone core client selector.
+
+ ggz
+
+
+
+
+
+ ggz-config
+
+ is the GGZ Gaming Zone configuration manager.
+
+ ggz-config
+
+
+
+
+
+ ggz-wrapper
+
+ is the GGZ Gaming Zone command line core client.
+
+ ggz-wrapper
+
+
+
+
+
+ ggzwrap
+
+ is the GGZ Gaming Zone game client wrapper.
+
+ ggzwrap
+
+
+
+
+
+ libggzcore.{so,a}
+
+ handles the connection of a client application to the GGZ
+ server.
+
+ libggzcore.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+ libggzmod.{so,a}
+
+ facilitates the messaging from and to a GGZ core client in a
+ game client.
+
+ libggzmod.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/inetutils.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/inetutils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/inetutils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Inetutils-&inetutils-version;
+
+
+ Inetutils
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Inetutils
+
+ The Inetutils package contains network
+ clients and servers. If you are building on an LFS platform, this package
+ was installed during LFS and only the clients (telnet, ftp, etc.) were
+ installed. These instructions allow you to install the server programs.
+ Note that most of the Inetutils servers are
+ insecure and should only be used on trusted networks.
+
+ &lfssvn_checked;20101029&lfssvn_checked2;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &inetutils-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &inetutils-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &inetutils-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &inetutils-time;
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inetutils Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ ,
+ krb4, and
+ or
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Inetutils
+
+
+
+ Install Inetutils by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --localstatedir=/var \
+ --disable-logger \
+ --disable-syslogd \
+ --disable-whois \
+ --disable-ifconfig \
+ --disable-hostname \
+ --disable-clients &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --disable-logger: This switch prevents
+ Inetutils installing a logger
+ program, which is installed in the LFS book.
+
+ --disable-syslogd: This switch prevents
+ Inetutils installing a system log daemon, which is
+ installed in the LFS book.
+
+ : This switch prevents
+ Inetutils installing an outdated
+ whois client. Add this option if you plan on installing
+ .
+
+ : This switch prevents
+ Inetutils installing an
+ ifconfig command. Use this parameter if you have
+ Net-Tools installed and wish to keep its version
+ of ifconfig.
+
+ : This switch prevents
+ Inetutils installing a
+ hostname command. Use this parameter if you have
+ the original version supplied in LFS during the
+ Coreutils package, or if you have the version
+ supplied by the Net-Tools package. If you wish
+ to keep these versions of ifconfig, use this
+ parameter.
+
+ --disable-clients: This switch prevents
+ Inetutils installing any of the client programs
+ (most of which were build during LFS) and only installs the server
+ programs.
+
+ : This switch makes
+ Inetutils compile against
+ tcp-wrappers. Add this option if you want to
+ utilize tcp-wrappers.
+
+ : This switch makes
+ Inetutils link against
+ Linux-PAM libraries.
+ Add this option if you want to utilize PAM.
+
+ : Some of the servers included with
+ Inetutils are insecure in nature and in some cases
+ better alternatives exist. You can choose this switch to enable only the
+ servers you need, avoiding the installation of unneeded servers.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+ A list of the installed programs not included here, along with their
+ short descriptions can be found at
+ .
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ ftpd, hostname, ifconfig, inetd, rexecd, rlogind, rshd,
+ talkd, telnetd, tftpd, uucpd and whois
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ ftpd
+
+ is a DARPA Internet File Transfer Protocol Server.
+
+ ftpd
+
+
+
+
+
+ inetd
+
+ is an Internet super-server. Note that the
+ package provides a much better server that does the same thing.
+
+ inetd
+
+
+
+
+
+ rexecd
+
+ is a remote execution server.
+
+ rexecd
+
+
+
+
+
+ rlogind
+
+ is a remote login server.
+
+ rlogind
+
+
+
+
+
+ rshd
+
+ is a remote shell server.
+
+ rshd
+
+
+
+
+
+ talkd
+
+ is a remote user communication server.
+
+ talkd
+
+
+
+
+
+ telnetd
+
+ is a DARPA TELNET protocol server.
+
+ telnetd
+
+
+
+
+
+ tftpd
+
+ is an Internet Trivial File Transfer Protocol server.
+
+ tftpd
+
+
+
+
+
+ uucpd
+
+ is a server for supporting UUCP
+ connections over networks.
+
+ uucpd
+
+
+
+
+
+ whois
+
+ is a client for the whois directory service. Note that the
+ package provides a much better client.
+
+ whois
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/ncftp.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/ncftp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/ncftp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+NcFTP-&ncftp-version;
+
+
+ NcFTP
+
+
+
+ Introduction to NcFTP
+
+ The NcFTP package contains
+ a powerful and flexible interface to the Internet standard File Transfer
+ Protocol. It is intended to replace or supplement the stock
+ ftp program.
+
+ &lfs65_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &ncftp-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &ncftp-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &ncftp-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &ncftp-time;
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of NcFTP
+
+ There are two ways to build NcFTP.
+ The first (and optimal) way builds most of the functionality as a shared library
+ and then builds and installs the program linked against this library. The
+ second method simply links all of the functionality into the binary statically.
+ This doesn't make the dynamic library available for linking by other applications.
+ You need to choose which method best suits you. Note that the second method
+ does not create an entirely statically linked binary;
+ only the libncftp parts are statically
+ linked in, in this case. Be aware that building and using the shared library is
+ covered by the Clarified Artistic License; however, developing applications that
+ utilize the shared library is subject to a different license.
+
+ To install NcFTP using the
+ first (and optimal) method, run the following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
+make -C libncftp shared &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make -C libncftp soinstall &&
+make install
+
+ To install NcFTP using the
+ second method (with the libncftp
+ functionality linked in statically) run the following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ make -C ... && make -C ...:
+ These commands make and install the dynamic library libncftp which is then used to link
+ against when compiling the main program.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring NcFTP
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/ncftp.* and
+ ~/.ncftp/*; especially
+ /etc/ncftp.prefs_v3 and
+ ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3
+
+
+ ~/.ncftp/*
+
+
+
+ /etc/ncftp.*
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ Most NcFTP configuration
+ is done while in the program, and the configuration files are dealt with
+ automatically. One exception to this is ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3.
+ There are various options to alter in there, including:
+
+yes-i-know-about-NcFTPd=yes
+
+ This disables the splash screen advertising the
+ NcFTPd server.
+
+ There are other options in the prefs_v3 file.
+ Most of these are self-explanatory. Global defaults can be set in
+ /etc/ncftp.prefs_v3.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ ncftp, ncftpbatch, ncftpbookmarks, ncftpget,
+ ncftpls, ncftpput, and ncftpspooler
+ libncftp.so
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ ncftp
+
+ is a browser program for File Transfer Protocol.
+
+ ncftp
+
+
+
+
+
+ ncftpbatch
+
+ is an individual batch FTP job processor.
+
+ ncftpbatch
+
+
+
+
+
+ ncftpbookmarks
+
+ is the NcFTP Bookmark Editor
+ (NCurses-based).
+
+ ncftpbookmarks
+
+
+
+
+
+ ncftpget
+
+ is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to
+ retrieve files.
+
+ ncftpget
+
+
+
+
+
+ ncftpls
+
+ is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to
+ list files.
+
+ ncftpls
+
+
+
+
+
+ ncftpput
+
+ is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to
+ transfer files.
+
+ ncftpput
+
+
+
+
+
+ ncftpspooler
+
+ is a global batch FTP job processor daemon.
+
+ ncftpspooler
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/ncpfs.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/ncpfs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/ncpfs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ NCPFS-&ncpfs-version;
+
+
+ NCPFS
+
+
+
+ Introduction to NCPFS
+
+ The NCPFS package
+ contains client and administration tools for use with Novell
+ networks.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &ncpfs-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &ncpfs-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &ncpfs-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &ncpfs-time;
+
+
+
+ NCPFS Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ and
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of NCPFS
+
+ Install NCPFS by running
+ the following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix="" --includedir=/usr/include \
+ --mandir=/usr/share/man --datadir=/usr/share &&
+make &&
+make install &&
+make install-dev
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --prefix="":
+ Installs binaries on the root partition so that they are available at
+ boot time. This may not be ideal for all systems. If
+ /usr is mounted locally,
+ --prefix=/usr may be a better option.
+
+ --includedir=/usr/include: Tells
+ configure to look in
+ /usr/include for header
+ files. It also tells make to install
+ NCPFS's headers here.
+
+ --mandir=/usr/share/man: Installs the man
+ pages in the correct location.
+
+ --datadir=/usr/share: Correctly installs the
+ locale files to /usr/share.
+
+
+ If you do not need to use the IPX protocol, or you use a different
+ IPX package, you can optionally pass and/or
+ to the configure
+ script to disable these options.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring NCPFS
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ ~/.nwclient
+
+
+ ~/.nwclient
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ A config file ~/.nwclient should be placed in the
+ home directory of each user that intends to use
+ NCPFS. The permissions on this file should be set
+ to 600, for obvious security reasons. The configuration file should contain
+ a single line per server that the user will use. Each line should contain
+ the server name, the user name, and optionally the password. Below is a
+ sample .nwclient file.
+
+# Begin example ~/.nwclient config file
+
+Server1/User1 Password
+Server2/User1
+Server2/Guest1 -
+
+# End example .nwclient config file
+
+ The syntax for the .nwclient file is simple,
+ server_name/user_name password. Be extremely
+ careful when creating or editing this file as the client utilities are
+ very picky about syntax. There should always be a space immediately
+ after the username. If this space is substituted by a tab or multiple
+ spaces, you will not get the expected results when attempting to use
+ the NCPFS tools. If no password is supplied,
+ the client utilities will ask for a password when it is needed. If no
+ password is needed, for instance when using a guest account, a single '-'
+ should be put in place of a password.
+
+ It should be noted that ncpmount
+ is not intended to mount individual volumes because each mount point
+ creates a separate client connection to the Novell server. Mounting
+ each individual volume separately would be unwise, as mounting all
+ volumes on a server under one mount point uses only one client
+ connection.
+
+
+
+
+ Boot Script
+
+ If you need to set up the IPX protocol at boot, you can install the
+ /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/ipx
+ network service script included with the
+ package.
+
+
+ ncpfs (IPX service script)
+
+
+make install-service-ipx
+
+ Next install the
+ /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/ipx
+ configuration file with the following commands:
+
+install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
+cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/ipx << "EOF"
+ONBOOT="yes"
+SERVICE="ipx"
+FRAME="<802.2>"
+EOF
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Client Utilities
+ Server Admin Utilities
+ IPX Interface Utilities
+ Other Utilities
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ ncpmount, ncpumountt, nprintt, nsendt, nwpasswdt,
+ nwsfindt, pqlistt, pqrmt, pqstatt, and slist
+ ncopyt, nwbocreatet, nwbolst, nwbopropst, nwbormt,
+ nwbpaddt, nwbpcreatet, nwbprmt, nwbpsett, nwbpvaluest,
+ nwdirt, nwdpvaluest, nwfsctrlt, nwfsinfot, nwfstimet, nwgrantt,
+ nwpurget, nwrevoket, nwrightst, nwtrusteet, nwtrustee2t,
+ nwuserlistt, and nwvolinfo
+ ipx_cmdt, ipx_configuret, ipx_interfacet, ipx_internal_nett,
+ and ipx_route
+ ncpmap and nwauth
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/net-tools.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/net-tools.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/net-tools.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Net-tools-&net-tools-version;
+
+
+ Net-tools
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Net-tools
+
+ The Net-tools package is a collection
+ of programs for controlling the network subsystem of the Linux
+ kernel.
+
+ &lfs65_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &net-tools-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &net-tools-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &net-tools-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &net-tools-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Required Patch:
+
+
+ Required Patch:
+
+
+ Required Patch:
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Net-tools
+
+
+ The Net-tools package installs a
+ hostname program which will overwrite the existing
+ program installed by Coreutils during a base
+ LFS installation. If, for whatever reason, you need to reinstall the
+ Coreutils package after installing
+ Net-tools, you should remove
+ --enable-install-program=hostname from the Coreutils
+ configure command in LFS if you wish to preserve the
+ Net-toolshostname
+ program.
+
+
+ The
+ instructions below automate the configuration process by piping
+ yes to the make config command. If
+ you wish to run the interactive configuration process (by changing the
+ instruction to just make config), but you are not sure
+ how to answer all the questions, then just accept the defaults. This will
+ be just fine in the majority of cases. What you're asked here is a bunch of
+ questions about which network protocols you've enabled in your kernel. The
+ default answers will enable the tools from this package to work with the
+ most common protocols: TCP, PPP, and several others. You still need to
+ actually enable these protocols in the kernel—what you do here is
+ merely tell the package to include support for those protocols in its
+ programs, but it's up to the kernel to make the protocols available.
+
+ Install Net-tools by running the
+ following commands:
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-&net-tools-version;-gcc34-3.patch &&
+patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-&net-tools-version;-kernel_headers-2.patch &&
+patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-&net-tools-version;-mii_ioctl-1.patch &&
+yes "" | make config &&
+sed -i -e 's|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 1|g' \
+ -e 's|HAVE_MII 0|HAVE_MII 1|g' config.h &&
+sed -i -e 's|# HAVE_IP_TOOLS=0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS=1|g' \
+ -e 's|# HAVE_MII=0|HAVE_MII=1|g' config.make &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make update
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ yes "" | make config: Piping yes
+ to make config skips the interactive configuration and
+ accepts the defaults.
+
+ sed -i -e ...: These two seds
+ change the configuration files to force building the
+ ipmaddr, iptunnel and
+ mii-tool programs.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ arp, dnsdomainname, domainname, hostname,
+ ifconfig, ipmaddr, iptunnel, mii-tool, nameif, netstat,
+ nisdomainname, plipconfig, rarp, route, slattach, and
+ ypdomainname
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ arp
+
+ is used to manipulate the kernel's ARP cache, usually
+ to add or delete an entry, or to dump the entire cache.
+
+ arp
+
+
+
+
+
+ dnsdomainname
+
+ reports the system's DNS domain name.
+
+ dnsdomainname
+
+
+
+
+
+ domainname
+
+ reports or sets the system's NIS/YP domain name.
+
+ domainname
+
+
+
+
+
+ hostname
+
+ reports or sets the name of the current host system.
+
+ hostname
+
+
+
+
+
+ ifconfig
+
+ is the main utility for configuring network interfaces.
+
+ ifconfig
+
+
+
+
+
+ ipmaddr
+
+ adds, deletes and shows an interface's multicast addresses.
+
+ ipmaddr
+
+
+
+
+
+ iptunnel
+
+ adds, changes, deletes and shows an interface's tunnels.
+
+ iptunnel
+
+
+
+
+
+ mii-tool
+
+ checks or sets the status of a network interface's Media Independent
+ Interface (MII) unit.
+
+ mii-tool
+
+
+
+
+
+ nameif
+
+ names network interfaces based on MAC addresses.
+
+ nameif
+
+
+
+
+
+ netstat
+
+ is used to report network connections, routing tables, and interface
+ statistics.
+
+ netstat
+
+
+
+
+
+ nisdomainname
+
+ does the same as domainname.
+
+ nisdomainname
+
+
+
+
+
+ plipconfig
+
+ is used to fine tune the PLIP device parameters, to
+ improve its performance.
+
+ plipconfig
+
+
+
+
+
+ rarp
+
+ is used to manipulate the kernel's RARP table.
+
+ rarp
+
+
+
+
+
+ route
+
+ is used to manipulate the IP routing table.
+
+ route
+
+
+
+
+
+ slattach
+
+ attaches a network interface to a serial line. This allows you to use
+ normal terminal lines for point-to-point links to other computers.
+
+ slattach
+
+
+
+
+
+ ypdomainname
+
+ does the same as domainname.
+
+ ypdomainname
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/netfs.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/netfs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/netfs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Configuring for Network Filesystems
+
+
+
+ netfs
+
+
+ While LFS is capable of mounting network file systems such as NFS,
+ these are not mounted by the mountfs init script.
+ Network file systems must be mounted after the networking is activated and
+ unmounted before the network goes down. The netfs
+ bootscript was written to handle both boot-time mounting of network
+ filesystems, if the entry in /etc/fstab contains the
+ option, and unmounting of all network filesystems
+ before the network is brought down.
+
+ As the root user, install
+ the /etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs bootscript included with the
+ package.
+
+make install-netfs
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/netprogs.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/netprogs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/netprogs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Networking Programs
+
+ These applications are generally client applications used to
+ access the appropriate server across the building or across the world.
+ Tcpwrappers and portmap
+ are support programs for daemons that you may have running on your machine.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/nfs-utils-client.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/nfs-utils-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/nfs-utils-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ NFS Utilities-&nfs-utils-version; Client
+
+ The NFS Utilities package provides NFS server functionality as well
+ as client software such as mount.nfs or umount.nfs.
+ If you want to install it, the instructions can be
+ found in Chapter 19 – . Note that if you only
+ want to use the client, you do not need to run the server
+ and so do not need the startup script and links. In accordance with good
+ practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know
+ whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/nfs-utils.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/nfs-utils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/nfs-utils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ NFS Utilities-&nfs-utils-version;
+
+
+ NFS Utilities
+
+
+
+ Introduction to NFS Utilities
+
+ The NFS Utilities package contains the
+ userspace server and client tools necessary to use the kernel's NFS
+ abilities. NFS is a protocol that allows sharing file systems over the
+ network.
+
+ Package information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &nfs-utils-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &nfs-utils-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &nfs-utils-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &nfs-utils-time;
+
+
+
+
+
+ NFS Utilities Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ (Runtime dependency)
+
+ Optional
+
+
+ Optional for NFSv4 Support
+
+ libevent and
+ libnfsidmap
+
+
+ Optional for GSS (RPC Security) Support
+
+ or
+ or
+ libgssapi, and
+ librpcsecgss
+
+ Optional for SPKM-3 Support
+ SPKM-3
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Kernel Configuration
+
+ Enable the following options in the kernel configuration
+ and recompile the kernel if necessary:
+
+File systems:
+ Network File Systems:
+ NFS File System Support: M or Y
+ NFS Server Support: M or Y
+
+ Select the appropriate sub-options that appear when the above options
+ are selected.
+
+
+ NFS Utilities
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of NFS Utilities
+
+ Before you compile the program, ensure that the
+ nobody user and
+ nogroup group have been
+ created. You can add them by running the following commands as the
+ root user:
+
+groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
+useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
+ -s /bin/false -u 99 nobody
+
+
+ The classic uid and gid values are 65534 which is also -2 when
+ interpreted as a signed 16-bit number. These values impact other files
+ on some filesystems that do not have support for sparse files. The
+ nobody and nogroup values are relatively arbitrary.
+ The impact on a server is nil if the exports file
+ is configured correctly. If it is misconfigured, an
+ ls -l or ps listing will show a
+ uid or gid number of 65534 instead of a name. The client uses nobody only as the user running
+ rpc.statd.
+
+
+ Install NFS Utilities by running
+ the following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --disable-nfsv4 \
+ --disable-gss &&
+make
+
+ If your /usr directory
+ is NFS mounted, you should install the executables in
+ /sbin by passing
+ an additional parameter to the
+ above ./configure command.
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --disable-nfsv4: Disables support
+ for NFS version 4.
+
+ --disable-gss: Disables support for
+ RPCSEC GSS (RPC Security).
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring NFS Utilities
+
+
+ Server Configuration
+
+ /etc/exports contains the exported directories
+ on NFS servers. Refer to the exports.5 manual page
+ for the syntax of this file. Also refer to the "NFS HowTo" available at
+ for information on
+ how to configure the servers and clients in a secure manner. For example,
+ for sharing the /home directory
+ over the local network, the following line may be added:
+
+/home <192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0>(rw,subtree_check,anonuid=99,anongid=99)
+
+
+ /etc/exportfs
+
+
+
+ Boot Script
+
+ Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-server
+ init script included in the package to start the server
+ at boot.
+
+make install-nfs-server
+
+
+ nfs-server
+
+
+ Now create the /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server
+ configuration file:
+
+cat > /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server << "EOF"
+PORT="2049"
+PROCESSES="8"
+QUOTAS="no"
+KILLDELAY="10"
+EOF
+
+
+ /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server
+
+
+
+
+
+ tcpwrappers Configuration
+
+ If you have installed and there
+ is a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file, ensure you
+ have an entry in the /etc/hosts.allow file for access
+ from the portmap daemon. See the man page in section 5 for hosts_access for
+ details on creating appropriate rules.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Client Configuration
+
+ /etc/fstab contains the directories that
+ are to be mounted on the client. Alternately the partitions can be
+ mounted by using the mount command with the proper
+ options. To mount the /home
+ and /usr partitions, add the
+ following to the /etc/fstab:
+
+<server-name>:/home /home nfs rw,_netdev,rsize=8192,wsize=8192 0 0
+<server-name>:/usr /usr nfs ro,_netdev,rsize=8192 0 0
+
+
+ /etc/fstab
+
+
+
+ Boot Script
+
+ Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-client
+ init script included in the
+ package to
+ start the client services at boot.
+
+make install-nfs-client
+
+
+ nfs-client
+
+
+ To automatically mount nfs filesystems, clients will also
+ need to install the netfs bootscript as described
+ in .
+
+
+ netfs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ exportfs, mount.nfs, mount.nfs4, nfsstat, rpc.mountd, rpc.nfsd, rpc.statd, rpcdebug,
+ showmount, sm-notify, start-statd and umount.nfs as well as umount.nfs4
+ None
+ /var/lib/nfs
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ exportfs
+
+ maintains a list of NFS exported file systems.
+
+ exportfs
+
+
+
+
+
+ mount.nfs
+
+ Used to mount a network share using NFS
+
+ mount.nfs
+
+
+
+
+
+ mount.nfs4
+
+ Used to mount a network share using NFSv4
+
+ mount.nfs4
+
+
+
+
+
+ nfsstat
+
+ prints NFS statistics.
+
+ nfsstat
+
+
+
+
+
+ rpc.mountd
+
+ implements the NFS mount protocol on an NFS server.
+
+ rpc.mountd
+
+
+
+
+
+ rpc.nfsd
+
+ implements the user level part of the NFS
+ service on the server.
+
+ rpc.nfsd
+
+
+
+
+
+ rpc.statd
+
+ is used by the NFS file locking service. Run on both sides,
+ client as well as server, when you want file locking enabled.
+
+ rpc.statd
+
+
+
+
+
+ rpcdebug
+
+ sets or clears the kernel's NFS client and server debug
+ flags.
+
+ rpcdebug
+
+
+
+
+
+ showmount
+
+ displays mount information for an NFS server.
+
+ showmount
+
+
+
+
+
+ sm-notify
+
+ is used to send Network Status Monitor reboot messages.
+
+ sm-notify
+
+
+
+
+
+ start-statd
+
+ is a script called by nfsmount when mounting a filesystem with
+ locking enabled, if statd does not appear to be running. It can be
+ customised with whatever flags are appropriate for the site.
+
+ start-statd
+
+
+
+
+
+ umount.nfs
+
+ Used to unmount a network share using NFS
+
+ umount.nfs
+
+
+
+
+
+ umount.nfs4
+
+ Used to unmount a network share using NFSv4
+
+ umount.nfs4
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/ntp.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/ntp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/ntp.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ ntp-&ntp-version;
+
+
+ ntp
+
+
+
+ Introduction to ntp
+
+ The ntp package contains a
+ client and server to keep the time synchronized between various computers over
+ a network. This package is the official reference implementation of the
+ NTP protocol.
+
+ &lfs70_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &ntp-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &ntp-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &ntp-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &ntp-time;
+
+
+
+
+ ntp Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of ntp
+
+ Install ntp by running
+ the following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --with-binsubdir=sbin &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ntp-&ntp-version; &&
+cp -v -R html/* /usr/share/doc/ntp-&ntp-version;/
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --with-binsubdir=sbin: This parameter places
+ the administrative programs in /usr/sbin.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring ntp
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/ntp.conf
+
+
+ /etc/ntp.conf
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ The following configuration file defines various ntp servers
+ with open access from different continents. It also creates a
+ drift file where ntpd stores the frequency
+ offset and a pid file to store the ntpd process
+ ID. Since the documentation included with the package is sparse,
+ visit the ntp website at and
+ for more information.
+
+cat > /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
+# Africa
+server tock.nml.csir.co.za
+
+# Asia
+server 0.asia.pool.ntp.org
+
+# Australia
+server 0.oceania.pool.ntp.org
+
+# Europe
+server 0.europe.pool.ntp.org
+
+# North America
+server 0.north-america.pool.ntp.org
+
+# South America
+server 2.south-america.pool.ntp.org
+
+driftfile /var/cache/ntp.drift
+pidfile /var/run/ntpd.pid
+EOF
+
+
+
+
+ Synchronizing the Time
+
+ There are two options. Option one is to run ntpd
+ continuously and allow it to synchronize the time in a gradual manner. The
+ other option is to run ntpd periodically (using cron)
+ and update the time each time ntpd is scheduled.
+
+ If you choose Option one, then install the
+ /etc/rc.d/init.d/ntp
+ init script included in the
+ package.
+
+
+ ntp
+
+
+make install-ntpd
+
+ If you prefer to run ntpd periodically, add the
+ following command to root's
+ crontab:
+
+ntpd -q
+
+ Execute the following command if you would like to set the
+ hardware clock to the current system time at shutdown and reboot:
+
+ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/K46setclock &&
+ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/K46setclock
+
+ The other way around is already set up by LFS.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directory
+
+
+ ntp-keygen, ntp-wait, ntpd, ntpdate, ntpdc, ntpq,
+ ntptime, ntptrace, sntp and tickadj
+ None
+ /usr/share/doc/ntp-&ntp-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ ntp-keygen
+
+ generates cryptographic data files used by the NTPv4 authentication
+ and identification schemes.
+
+ ntp-keygen
+
+
+
+
+
+ ntp-wait
+
+ is useful at boot time, to delay the boot sequence until
+ ntpd has set the time.
+
+ ntp-wait
+
+
+
+
+
+ ntpd
+
+ is a ntp daemon that runs in the background and keeps
+ the date and time synchronized based on response from configured
+ ntp servers. It also functions as a ntp server.
+
+ ntpd
+
+
+
+
+
+ ntpdate
+
+ is a client program that sets the date and time based on
+ the response from an ntp server. This command is deprecated.
+
+ ntpdate
+
+
+
+
+
+ ntpdc
+
+ is used to query the ntp daemon about its current state
+ and to request changes in that state.
+
+ ntpdc
+
+
+
+
+
+ ntpq
+
+ is an utility program used to monitor ntpd
+ operations and determine performance.
+
+ ntpq
+
+
+
+
+
+ ntptime
+
+ reads and displays time-related kernel variables.
+
+ ntptime
+
+
+
+
+
+ ntptrace
+
+ traces a chain of ntp servers back to the primary source.
+
+ ntptrace
+
+
+
+
+
+ sntp
+
+ is a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client.
+
+ sntp
+
+
+
+
+
+ tickadj
+
+ reads, and optionally modifies, several timekeeping-related
+ variables in older kernels that do not have support for precision
+ timekeeping.
+
+ tickadj
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/openssh-client.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/openssh-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/openssh-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ OpenSSH-&openssh-version; Client
+
+ The ssh client is a secure replacement for
+ telnet. If you want to install it, the instructions can be
+ found in Chapter 19 – . Note that if you only
+ want to use the client, you do not need to run the server
+ and so do not need the startup script and links. In accordance with good
+ practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know
+ whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/othernetprogs.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/othernetprogs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/othernetprogs.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Other Networking Programs
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+ NCPFS contains client and administration
+ tools for use with Novell networks. See the User Notes for details.
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/portmap.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/portmap.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/portmap.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Portmap-&portmap-version;
+
+
+ Portmap
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Portmap
+
+ The portmap package is a more secure
+ replacement for the original SUN portmap package.
+ Portmap is used to forward RPC requests to RPC
+ daemons such as NFS and NIS.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &portmap-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &portmap-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &portmap-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &portmap-time;
+
+
+
+ Portmap Dependencies
+
+ Required
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Portmap
+
+ Portmap runs as a daemon with a uid of 1. This uid is only
+ configurable at compile time and is used as default. To set up a
+ user to match this uid, as the root
+ user, issue:
+
+useradd -u 1 -g 1 -d /dev/null -s /bin/false bin
+
+ Install portmap with the following
+ commands:
+
+make
+
+ If you want the portmap daemon to use a uid/gid other than the
+ defaults, pass DAEMON_UID=x and DAEMON_GID=y as shown below:
+ make DAEMON_UID=x DAEMON_GID=y
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+ The above installation places executable portmap
+ in /sbin. You may choose to move the
+ file to /usr/sbin. If you do,
+ remember to modify the bootscript also.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Portmap
+
+
+ Boot Script
+
+ Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/portmap init script
+ included in the package.
+
+
+ portmap
+
+
+make install-portmap
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ pmap_dump, pmap_set, and portmap
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+
+ pmap_dump
+
+ saves the port mapping table to an ASCII file.
+
+ pmap_dump
+
+
+
+
+
+ pmap_set
+
+ restores the port mapping table from an ASCII file.
+
+ pmap_set
+
+
+
+
+
+ portmap
+
+ is an RPC port mapper.
+
+ portmap
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/rsync-client.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/rsync-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/rsync-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Rsync-&rsync-version; Client
+
+ rsync is a utility for fast incremental file
+ transfers. If you want to install it, the instructions can be found in Chapter
+ 22 – . Note that if you only want to use the
+ client, you do not need to run the server and so do not
+ need the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run
+ the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know whether you need it
+ or not, it's likely that you don't!).
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/rsync.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/rsync.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/rsync.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ rsync-&rsync-version;
+
+
+ rsync
+
+
+
+ Introduction to rsync
+
+ The rsync package contains the
+ rsync utility. This is useful for synchronizing large
+ file archives over a network.
+
+ &lfs70_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &rsync-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &rsync-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &rsync-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &rsync-time;
+
+
+
+ rsync Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ ,
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of rsync
+
+ For security reasons, running the rsync
+ server as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. If you intend to
+ run rsync as a daemon, create the
+ rsyncd user and group
+ with the following commands issued by the
+ root user:
+
+groupadd -g 48 rsyncd &&
+useradd -c "rsyncd Daemon" -d /home/rsync -g rsyncd \
+ -s /bin/false -u 48 rsyncd
+
+ Install rsync by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ If you have installed and wish to
+ build HTML API documentation, issue doxygen.
+
+ If you have installed and wish to
+ build the user documentation, issue any or all of the following
+ commands:
+
+pushd doc &&
+docbook2pdf rsync.sgml &&
+docbook2ps rsync.sgml &&
+docbook2dvi rsync.sgml &&
+docbook2txt rsync.sgml &&
+docbook2html --nochunks rsync.sgml &&
+popd
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+ If you built the documentation, install it using the following
+ commands as the root user:
+
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;/api &&
+install -v -m644 dox/html/* /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;/api &&
+install -v -m644 doc/rsync.* /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring rsync
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/rsyncd.conf
+
+
+ /etc/rsyncd.conf
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ For client access to remote files, you may need to install the
+ package to connect to the remote server.
+
+ This is a simple download-only configuration to set up running
+ rsync as a server. See the rsyncd.conf(5)
+ man-page for additional options (i.e., user authentication).
+
+cat > /etc/rsyncd.conf << "EOF"
+# This is a basic rsync configuration file
+# It exports a single module without user authentication.
+
+motd file = /home/rsync/welcome.msg
+use chroot = yes
+
+[localhost]
+ path = /home/rsync
+ comment = Default rsync module
+ read only = yes
+ list = yes
+ uid = rsyncd
+ gid = rsyncd
+
+EOF
+
+ You can find additional configuration information and general
+ documentation about rsync at
+ .
+
+
+
+
+ Boot Script
+
+ Note that you only want to start the
+ rsync server if you want to provide an
+ rsync archive on your local machine.
+ You don't need this script to run the
+ rsync client.
+
+ Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rsyncd init
+ script included in the
+ package.
+
+make install-rsyncd
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ rsync
+ None
+ Optionally, /usr/share/doc/rsync-&rsync-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ rsync
+
+ is a replacement for rcp (and
+ scp) that has many more features. It uses the
+ rsync algorithm which provides a very fast method of
+ syncing remote files. It does this by sending just the differences
+ in the files across the link, without requiring that both sets of
+ files are present at one end of the link beforehand.
+
+ rsync
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/samba3-client.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/samba3-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/samba3-client.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Samba-&samba3-version; Client
+
+ The Samba client utilities are used to
+ transfer files to and from, mount SMB shares located on or use printers
+ attached to Windows and other SMB servers. If you want to install these
+ utilities, the instructions can be found in Chapter 19 –
+ . After performing the basic installation,
+ configure the utilities using the configuration section titled
+ Scenario 1: Minimal Standalone Client-Only Installation.
+
+ Note that if you only want to use these client utilities, you do
+ not need to run the server daemons and so do not need
+ the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the
+ server daemons if you actually need them. You'll find an explanation of the
+ services provided by the server daemons in the
+ instructions.
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/subversion.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/subversion.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/subversion.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Subversion-&subversion-version;
+
+
+ Subversion
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Subversion
+
+ Subversion is a version control
+ system that is designed to be a compelling replacement for
+ CVS in the open source community. It
+ extends and enhances CVS' feature set,
+ while maintaining a similar interface for those already familiar with
+ CVS. These instructions install the client
+ and server software used to manipulate a
+ Subversion repository. Creation of a repository
+ is covered at .
+
+ &lfs70_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &subversion-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &subversion-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &subversion-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &subversion-time;
+
+
+
+ Subversion Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ , and
+ (for the
+ APR only) or
+ Apache Portable Runtime
+
+ If you require the Berkeley DB back-end
+ hooks in Subversion to build or support BDB
+ based repositories, you must have Berkeley DB
+ linked into the APR-util library. There is
+ information in the instructions that shows the
+ required parameters to pass to the configure script when
+ building any of the APR-util packages.
+
+ Optional
+ (required to run the test suite),
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ KWallet from KDE4,
+ (if you have Apache Portable
+ Runtime installed), and
+ or
+ serf
+
+ Optional to Build the Java Bindings
+ One of ,
+ ,
+ Dante, or
+ Jikes,
+ and (to test the Java bindings)
+
+ Optional to Build the SWIG Bindings
+ SWIG**,
+ , and
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Subversion
+
+ Install Subversion by running the
+ following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ If you have installed and you wish to
+ build the API documentation, issue:
+ doxygen doc/doxygen.conf.
+
+ If you passed the parameter to
+ configure and wish to build the Java bindings, issue
+ the following command:
+
+make javahl
+
+ If you have the necessary dependencies installed and you wish to
+ build the Perl,
+ Python and/or
+ Ruby bindings, issue any or all of the following
+ commands:
+
+make swig-pl &&
+make swig-py &&
+make swig-rb
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ To test the results of the Java bindings build, issue
+ make check-javahl. Note you must have the
+ JUnit testing framework installed.
+
+ To test the results of any or all of the
+ SWIG bindings, you can use the following
+ commands:
+
+make check-swig-pl &&
+make check-swig-py &&
+make check-swig-rb
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/subversion-&subversion-version; &&
+cp -v -R doc/* \
+ /usr/share/doc/subversion-&subversion-version;
+
+ If you built the Java bindings, issue the following command
+ as the root user to install
+ them:
+
+make install-javahl
+
+ If you built any of the SWIG bindings,
+ issue any or all of the following commands as the
+ root user to install them:
+
+make install-swig-pl &&
+make install-swig-py &&
+make install-swig-rb
+
+ In order for Python to automatically
+ discover the bindings, add
+ /usr/lib/svn-python to the
+ PYTHONPATH environment variable to the system or
+ personal profiles.
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ :
+ These options should be used if you wish to use the system-installed
+ version of the APR. Ensure you identify the
+ correct installation prefix.
+
+ : This option should be
+ used to identify the system-installed version of the
+ apxs command installed during the
+ Apache HTTPD installation as
+ apxs might not be in an unprivileged user's
+ PATH and won't be properly discovered.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Subversion
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ ~/.subversion/config and
+ /etc/subversion/config
+
+
+ ~/.subversion/config
+
+
+
+ /etc/subversion/config
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ /etc/subversion/config is the
+ Subversion system-wide configuration file.
+ This file is used to specify defaults for different
+ svn commands.
+
+ ~/.subversion/config is the user's personal
+ configuration file. It is used to override the system-wide defaults
+ set in /etc/subversion/config.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ svn, svnadmin, svndumpfilter, svnlook, svnserve, svnsync and
+ svnversion
+ libsvn*.{so,a} and optionally, a Java library, the mod_dav_svn.so,
+ and mod_authz_svn.so Apache HTTP
+ DSO modules and various Perl,
+ Python and Ruby
+ modules
+ /usr/include/subversion-1,
+ /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/&lfs-perl-version;/i686-linux/auto/SVN (optional),
+ /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/&lfs-perl-version;/i686-linux/SVN (optional),
+ /usr/lib/ruby/site_ruby/x.x/i686-linux/svn (optional),
+ /usr/lib/svn-javahl (optional),
+ /usr/lib/svn-python (optional) and
+ /usr/share/doc/subversion-&subversion-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ svn
+
+ is a command-line client program used to access
+ Subversion repositories.
+
+ svn
+
+
+
+
+
+ svnadmin
+
+ is a tool for creating, tweaking or repairing a
+ Subversion repository.
+
+ svnadmin
+
+
+
+
+
+ svndumpfilter
+
+ is a program for filtering Subversion
+ repository dumpfile format streams.
+
+ svndumpfilter
+
+
+
+
+
+ svnlook
+
+ is a tool for inspecting a
+ Subversion repository.
+
+ svnlook
+
+
+
+
+
+ svnserve
+
+ is a custom standalone server program, able to run as a
+ daemon process or invoked by SSH.
+
+ svnserve
+
+
+
+
+
+ svnversion
+
+ is used to report the version number and state of a
+ working Subversion repository copy.
+
+ svnversion
+
+
+
+
+
+ neon-config
+
+ is a script which provides information about an installed
+ copy of the neon library.
+
+ neon-config
+
+
+
+
+
+ libsvn_*.{so,a}
+
+ are the support libraries used by the
+ Subversion programs.
+
+ libsvn_*.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+ libneon.{so,a}
+
+ is used as a high-level interface to common
+ HTTP and WebDAV methods.
+
+ libneon.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+ mod_authz_svn.so
+
+ is a plug-in module for the Apache
+ HTTP server, used to authenticate users to a
+ Subversion repository over the Internet or an
+ intranet.
+
+ mod_authz_svn.so
+
+
+
+
+
+ mod_dav_svn.so
+
+ is a plug-in module for the Apache
+ HTTP server, used to make a
+ Subversion repository available to others over the
+ Internet or an intranet.
+
+ mod_dav_svn.so
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/tcpwrappers.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/tcpwrappers.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/tcpwrappers.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ TCP Wrapper-&tcpwrappers-version;
+
+
+ TCP Wrapper
+
+
+
+ Introduction to TCP Wrapper
+
+ The TCP Wrapper package provides daemon
+ wrapper programs that report the name of the client requesting network
+ services and the requested service.
+
+ &lfs67_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &tcpwrappers-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &tcpwrappers-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &tcpwrappers-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &tcpwrappers-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Required Patch (Fixes some build issues and adds building a
+ shared library):
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of TCP Wrapper
+
+ Install TCP Wrapper with the following
+ commands:
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../tcp_wrappers-&tcpwrappers-version;-shared_lib_plus_plus-1.patch &&
+sed -i -e "s,^extern char \*malloc();,/* & */," scaffold.c &&
+make REAL_DAEMON_DIR=/usr/sbin STYLE=-DPROCESS_OPTIONS linux
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ sed -i -e ... scaffold.c: This command removes an
+ obsolete C declaration which causes the build to fail if using
+ GCC >= 3.4.x.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring TCP Wrapper
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/hosts.allow and
+ /etc/hosts.deny
+
+
+ /etc/hosts.allow
+
+
+
+ /etc/hosts.deny
+
+
+ File protections: the wrapper, all files used by the wrapper,
+ and all directories in the path leading to those files, should be
+ accessible but not writable for unprivileged users (mode 755 or mode
+ 555). Do not install the wrapper set-uid.
+
+ As the root user,
+ perform the following edits on the
+ /etc/inetd.conf configuration file:
+
+
+ /etc/inetd.conf
+
+
+finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/in.fingerd in.fingerd
+
+ becomes:
+
+finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.fingerd
+
+
+ The finger server is used as an example here.
+
+
+ Similar changes must be made if xinetd is
+ used, with the emphasis being on calling /usr/sbin/tcpd
+ instead of calling the service daemon directly, and passing the name of the
+ service daemon to tcpd.
+
+
+ /etc/xinetd.conf
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ tcpd, tcpdchk, tcpdmatch, try-from, and safe_finger
+ libwrap.{so,a}
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ tcpd
+
+ is the main access control daemon for all Internet services,
+ which inetd or xinetd
+ will run instead of running the requested service daemon.
+
+ tcpd
+
+
+
+
+
+ tcpdchk
+
+ is a tool to examine a tcpd wrapper
+ configuration and report problems with it.
+
+ tcpdchk
+
+
+
+
+
+ tcpdmatch
+
+ is used to predict how the TCP wrapper
+ would handle a specific request for a service.
+
+ tcpdmatch
+
+
+
+
+
+ try-from
+
+ can be called via a remote shell command to find out if the
+ host name and address are properly recognized.
+
+ try-from
+
+
+
+
+
+ safe_finger
+
+ is a wrapper for the finger utility, to
+ provide automatic reverse name lookups.
+
+ safe_finger
+
+
+
+
+
+ libwrap.{so,a}
+
+ contains the API functions required by
+ the TCP Wrapper programs as well as other programs
+ to become TCP Wrapper-aware.
+
+ libwrap.{so,a}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/wget.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/wget.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/wget.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Wget-&wget-version;
+
+
+ Wget
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Wget
+
+ The Wget package contains a utility useful
+ for non-interactive downloading of files from the Web.
+
+ &lfs67_built;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &wget-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &wget-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &wget-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &wget-time;
+
+
+
+ Wget Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ or ,
+ , Perl Module Net::HTTP (for the test suite)
+ (see the standard Perl ), and
+ Dante
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Wget
+
+ Install Wget by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --with-ssl=openssl &&
+make
+
+ To test the results, issue: make check.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --sysconfdir=/etc: This relocates
+ the configuration file from /usr/etc to
+ /etc.
+
+ --with-ssl=openssl: This allows the program to
+ work with . It can be omitted if
+ is found or the https protocol is not needed.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Wget
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/wgetrc and
+ ~/.wgetrc
+
+
+ ~/.wgetrc
+
+
+
+ /etc/wgetrc
+
+
+ There are no changes required to these files.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ wget
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ wget
+
+ retrieves files from the Web using the HTTP, HTTPS and
+ FTP protocols. It is designed to be non-interactive, for
+ background or unattended operations.
+
+ wget
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netprogs/wireless-tools.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netprogs/wireless-tools.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netprogs/wireless-tools.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Wireless Tools-&wireless-tools-version;
+
+
+ Wireless Tools
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Wireless Tools
+
+ The Wireless Extension (WE) is a generic API in the Linux kernel
+ allowing a driver to expose configuration and statistics specific to common
+ Wireless LANs to user space. A single set of tools can support all the
+ variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type as long as the
+ driver supports Wireless Extensions. WE parameters may also be changed on
+ the fly without restarting the driver (or Linux).
+
+ The Wireless Tools (WT) package is a set
+ of tools allowing manipulation of the Wireless Extensions. They use a
+ textual interface to support the full Wireless Extension.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &wireless-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &wireless-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &wireless-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &wireless-time;
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Kernel Configuration
+
+
+ Wireless devices
+
+
+ To use Wireless Tools, the kernel must
+ have the appropriate drivers and other support available. The appropriate
+ bus must also be available. For many laptops, the PCMCIA bus
+ (CONFIG_PCCARD) needs to be built. In some cases, this bus support will
+ also need to be built for embedded wireless cards. The appropriate bridge
+ support also needs to be built. For many modern laptops, the CardBus host
+ bridge (CONFIG_YENTA) will be needed.
+
+ In addition to the bus, the actual driver for the specific wireless
+ card must also be available. There are many wireless cards and they don't
+ all work with Linux. The first place to look for card support is the kernel.
+ The drivers are located in Device Drivers → Network Device Support
+ → Wireless LAN (non-hamradio). There are also external drivers
+ available for some very common cards. For more information, look
+ at the user notes.
+
+ After the correct drivers are loaded, the interface will
+ appear in /proc/net/wireless.
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Wireless Tools
+
+ To install Wireless Tools,
+ use the following commands:
+
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make PREFIX=/usr install
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ ifrename, iwconfig, iwevent, iwgetid, iwlist, iwpriv,
+ and iwspy
+ libiw.so
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ ifrename
+
+ renames network interfaces based on various static criteria.
+
+ ifrename
+
+
+
+
+
+ iwconfig
+
+ configures a wireless network interface.
+
+ iwconfig
+
+
+
+
+
+ iwevent
+
+ displays wireless events generated by drivers and setting
+ changes.
+
+ iwevent
+
+
+
+
+
+ iwgetid
+
+ reports ESSID, NWID or AP/Cell Address of wireless networks.
+
+ iwgetid
+
+
+
+
+
+ iwlist
+
+ gets detailed wireless information from a wireless interface.
+
+ iwlist
+
+
+
+
+
+ iwpriv
+
+ configures optional (private) parameters of a wireless network
+ interface.
+
+ iwpriv
+
+
+
+
+
+ iwspy
+
+ gets wireless statistics from specific node.
+
+ iwspy
+
+
+
+
+
+ libiw.so
+
+ contains functions required by the wireless programs and
+ provides an API for other programs.
+
+ libiw.so
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/avahi.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/avahi.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/avahi.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ avahi-&avahi-version;
+
+
+ avahi
+
+
+
+ Introduction to avahi
+
+ The avahi package is a system which
+ facilitates service discovery on a local network.
+
+ &lfs65_built;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &avahi-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &avahi-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &avahi-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &avahi-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Required patch:
+
+
+
+ avahi Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ and
+
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ , and
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of avahi
+
+ It is recommended to have a dedicated user and group to take
+ control of the avahi-daemon daemon after it is
+ started. Issue the following commands as the
+ root user:
+
+groupadd -fg 84 avahi &&
+useradd -c "Avahi Daemon Owner" -d /dev/null -u 84 \
+ -g avahi -s /bin/false avahi || [ $? == 9 ]
+
+ It is recommended to have a dedicated priviliged access group for
+ Avahi clients. Issue the following command as
+ the root user:
+
+groupadd -fg 86 netdev
+
+ Install avahi by running the following
+ commands:
+
+patch -Np1 -i ../avahi-&avahi-version;-lfs_initscript_fixes-1.patch &&
+autoreconf -i -v &&
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --localstatedir=/var \
+ --with-distro=lfs \
+ --disable-qt3 \
+ --disable-qt4 \
+ --disable-gtk \
+ --disable-dbus \
+ --disable-libdaemon \
+ --disable-python \
+ --disable-mono \
+ --disable-monodoc \
+ --enable-core-docs &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --with-distro=lfs: This parameter specifies the
+ LFS distribution to target.
+
+ --disable-qt3: This parameter disables the
+ building of Qt3 mainloop integration.
+
+ --disable-qt4: This parameter disables the
+ building of Qt4Core mainloop integration.
+
+ --disable-gtk: This parameter disables the use
+ of GTK+.
+
+ --disable-dbus: This parameter disables the use
+ of D-Bus.
+
+ --disable-libdaemon: This parameter disables
+ the use of libdaemon.
+
+ --disable-python: This parameter disables the
+ scripts that depends on Python.
+
+ --disable-mono: This parameter disables the
+ Mono bindings.
+
+ --disable-monodoc: This parameter disables
+ documentation for the Mono bindings.
+
+ --enable-core-docs: This parameter enables the
+ building of documentation.
+
+ : This option enables the building of
+ tests and examples.
+
+ : This option enables the
+ compatibility layer for libdns_sd.
+
+ : This option enables the
+ compatibility layer for HOWL.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ avahi-autoipd, avahi-bookmarks, avahi-browse, avahi-daemon,
+ avahi-discover, avahi-discover-standalone, avahi-dnsconfd,
+ avahi-publish, avahi-resolve, avahi-set-host-name, and bssh
+ libavahi-client.{so,a}, libavahi-common.{so,a},
+ libavahi-core.{so,a}, libavahi-glib.{so,a}, libavahi-gobject.{so,a}, and
+ libavahi-ui.{so,a}
+ /etc/avahi/services,/usr/{include/avahi-{client,common,core,glib,
+ gobject,ui},lib/{avahi,python&python2-majorver;/site-packages/{avahi,avahi_discover}},
+ share/avahi/{interfaces,introspection}}
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-autoipd
+
+ is a IPv4LL network address configuration daemon.
+
+ avahi-autoipd
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-bookmarks
+
+ is a Web service showing mDNS/DNS-SD announced HTTP services
+ using the Avahi daemon.
+
+ avahi-bookmarks
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-browse
+
+ browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the
+ Avahi daemon.
+
+ avahi-browse
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-daemon
+
+ is the Avahi mDNS/DNS-SD
+ daemon.
+
+ avahi-daemon
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-discover
+
+ browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the
+ Avahi daemon.
+
+ avahi-discover
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-discover-standalone
+
+ does this .....
+
+ avahi-discover-standalone
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-dnsconfd
+
+ is a Unicast DNS server from mDNS/DNS-SD configuration
+ daemon.
+
+ avahi-dnsconfd
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-publish
+
+ registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping
+ using the Avahi daemon.
+
+ avahi-publish
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-resolve
+
+ resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es)
+ (and vice versa) using the Avahi
+ daemon.
+
+ avahi-resolve
+
+
+
+
+
+ avahi-set-host-name
+
+ changes the mDNS host name.
+
+ avahi-set-host-name
+
+
+
+
+
+ bssh
+
+ browses for SSH/VNC servers on the local network.
+
+ bssh
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/bind-utils.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/bind-utils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/bind-utils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ BIND Utilities-&bind-version;
+
+
+ BIND Utilities
+
+
+
+ Introduction to BIND Utilities
+
+ BIND Utilities is not a separate
+ package, it is a collection of the client side programs that are included
+ with . The BIND
+ package includes the client side programs nslookup,
+ dig and host. If you install
+ BIND server, these programs will be installed
+ automatically. This section is for those users who don't need the complete
+ BIND server, but need these
+ client side applications.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &bind-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &bind-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &bind-utils-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &bind-utils-time;
+
+
+
+ BIND Utilities Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of BIND Utilities
+
+ Install BIND Utilities by
+ running the following commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make -C lib/dns &&
+make -C lib/isc &&
+make -C lib/bind9 &&
+make -C lib/isccfg &&
+make -C lib/lwres &&
+make -C bin/dig
+
+ This portion of the package does not come with a test suite.
+
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make -C bin/dig install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ make -C lib/...: These commands build the
+ libraries that are needed for the client programs.
+
+ make -C bin/dig: This command builds the
+ client programs.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ dig, host, and nslookup
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+ See the program descriptions in the
+ section.
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/mod_dnssd.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/mod_dnssd.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/mod_dnssd.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ mod_dnssd-&mod_dnssd-version;
+
+
+ mod_dnssd
+
+
+
+ Introduction to mod_dnssd
+
+ The mod_dnssd package is an
+ Apache HTTPD module which adds Zeroconf support
+ via DNS-SD using Avahi. This allows
+ Apache to advertise itself and the websites
+ available to clients compatible with the protocol.
+
+ &lfs65_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &mod_dnssd-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &mod_dnssd-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &mod_dnssd-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &mod_dnssd-time;
+
+
+
+ mod_dnssd Dependencies
+
+ Required
+ and
+
+
+ Optional
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of mod_dnssd
+
+ Install mod_dnssd by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --disable-lynx &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --disable-lynx: This parameter turns off
+ Lynx usage for documentation generation. Remove
+ it if you have Lynx installed.
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Library
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ None
+ mod_dnssd.so
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ mod_dnssd.so
+
+ is the Apache HTTPD module.
+
+ mod_dnssd.so
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/netutils.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/netutils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/netutils.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Networking Utilities
+
+ This chapter contains some tools that come in handy when the network
+ needs investigating.
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/nmap.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/nmap.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/nmap.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Nmap-&nmap-version;
+
+
+ Nmap
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Nmap
+
+ Nmap is a utility for network exploration
+ and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and
+ TCP/IP fingerprinting.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &nmap-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &nmap-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &nmap-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &nmap-time;
+
+
+
+ Nmap Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ (for building the graphical front-end), and
+ libdnet
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Nmap
+
+ Install Nmap by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directory
+
+
+ nmap and optionally, nmapfe and xnmap
+ None
+ /usr/share/nmap
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ nmap
+
+ is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It
+ supports ping scanning, port scanning and
+ TCP/IP fingerprinting.
+
+ nmap
+
+
+
+
+
+ nmapfe
+
+ is the graphical front end to nmap.
+
+ nmapfe
+
+
+
+
+
+ xnmap
+
+ is a symbolic link to nmapfe.
+
+ xnmap
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/traceroute.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/traceroute.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/traceroute.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Traceroute-&traceroute-version;
+
+
+ Traceroute
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Traceroute
+
+ The Traceroute package contains a program
+ which is used to display the network route that packets take to reach a
+ specified host. This is a standard network troubleshooting tool. If you find
+ yourself unable to connect to another system, traceroute can help pinpoint
+ the problem.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &traceroute-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &traceroute-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &traceroute-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &traceroute-time;
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Traceroute
+
+ Install Traceroute by running the following
+ commands:
+
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make prefix=/usr install
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ traceroute
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ traceroute
+
+ does basically what it says: it traces the route your packets
+ take from the host you are working on to another host on a network, showing
+ all the intermediate hops (gateways) along the way.
+
+ traceroute
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/whois.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/whois.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/whois.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Whois-&whois-version;
+
+
+ Whois
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Whois
+
+ Whois is a client-side application which
+ queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a
+ particular domain name. This package by default will install two programs:
+ whois and mkpasswd. The
+ mkpasswd command is also installed by the
+ package.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &whois-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &whois-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &whois-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &whois-time;
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Whois
+
+ Build the application with:
+
+make &&
+make pos
+
+ You can install the whois program, the
+ mkpasswd program, and the locale files independently.
+ Control your choice of what is installed with the following commands issued
+ as the root user:
+
+ Installing this version of mkpasswd will
+ overwrite the same command installed by .
+
+make prefix=/usr install-whois
+make prefix=/usr install-mkpasswd
+make prefix=/usr install-pos
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ whois and mkpasswd
+ None
+ None
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ whois
+
+ is a client-side application which queries the whois directory
+ service for information pertaining to a particular domain name.
+
+ whois
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/netutils/wireshark.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/netutils/wireshark.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/netutils/wireshark.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Wireshark-&wireshark-version;
+
+
+ Wireshark
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Wireshark
+
+ The Wireshark package contains a network
+ protocol analyzer, also known as a sniffer. This is useful
+ for analyzing data captured off the wire from a live network
+ connection, or data read from a capture file.
+ Wireshark provides both a graphical and TTY-mode
+ front-end for examining captured network packets from over 500 protocols,
+ as well as the capability to read capture files from many other popular
+ network analyzers.
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &wireshark-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &wireshark-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &wireshark-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &wireshark-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Additional Documentation:
+
+
+
+ From this page you can download many different docs in a variety
+ of formats.
+
+ Wireshark dependencies
+
+ Required
+ or
+ (to build the TTY-mode front-end only)
+
+ Note that if you don't have Gtk+
+ installed, you will need to pass
+ to the configure command.
+
+ Recommended
+
+ (required to capture data)
+
+ Optional
+
+ or (to build the GUI front-end),
+ ,
+ or ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ Net-SNMP,
+ adns, and
+ Lua
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Kernel Configuration
+
+ The kernel must have the Packet protocol enabled for
+ Wireshark to capture live packets from the
+ network. Enable the Packet protocol by choosing Y in the
+ Networking – Packet socket
+ configuration parameter. Alternatively, build the
+ af_packet.ko module by choosing M in
+ this parameter.
+
+
+ Capturing network
+ packets
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Wireshark
+
+ Install Wireshark by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc \
+ --enable-threads &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version; &&
+install -v -m644 FAQ README{,.linux} doc/README.* doc/*.{pod,txt} \
+ /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version; &&
+pushd /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version; &&
+for FILENAME in ../../wireshark/*.html; do \
+ ln -s -v $FILENAME .
+done &&
+popd &&
+
+install -v -m644 -D wireshark.desktop \
+ /usr/share/applications/wireshark.desktop &&
+install -v -m644 -D image/wsicon48.png \
+ /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark.png &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark &&
+install -v -m644 image/*.{png,ico,xpm,bmp} \
+ /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark
+
+ If you downloaded any of the documentation files from the page
+ listed in the 'Additional Downloads', install them by issuing the following
+ commands as the root user:
+
+install -v -m644 <Downloaded_Files> /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --enable-threads: This parameter enables the
+ use of threads in wireshark.
+
+ : This parameter is required if you
+ are linking Kerberos libraries into the build so that the
+ OpenSSL
+ libcrypto library is found.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Wireshark
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/wireshark.conf and
+ ~/.wireshark/*
+
+
+ ~/.wireshark/*
+
+
+
+ /etc/wireshark.conf
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ Though the default configuration parameters are very sane,
+ reference the configuration section of the
+ Wireshark User's
+ Guide for configuration information. Most of
+ Wireshark's configuration can be accomplished
+ using the menu options of the wireshark
+ graphical interface.
+
+
+ If you want to look at packets, make sure you don't filter
+ them out with . If you want to exclude
+ certain classes of packets, it is more efficient to do it with
+ iptables than it is with
+ Wireshark.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ capinfos, dftest, dumpcap, editcap, idl2wrs, mergecap, randpkt,
+ text2pcap, tshark and wireshark
+ libwireshark.so, libwiretap.so and numerous dissector plugin
+ modules
+ /usr/lib/wireshark, /usr/share/doc/wireshark-&wireshark-version;,
+ /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark and /usr/share/wireshark
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ capinfos
+
+ reads a saved capture file and returns any or all of several
+ statistics about that file. It is able to detect and read any capture
+ supported by the Wireshark package.
+
+ capinfos
+
+
+
+
+
+ dftest
+
+ is a display-filter-compiler test program.
+
+ dftest
+
+
+
+
+
+ dumpcap
+
+ is a network traffic dump tool. It lets you capture packet data
+ from a live network and write the packets to a file.
+
+ dumpcap
+
+
+
+
+
+ editcap
+
+ edits and/or translates the format of capture files. It knows
+ how to read libpcap capture files,
+ including those of tcpdump,
+ Wireshark and other tools that write
+ captures in that format.
+
+ editcap
+
+
+
+
+
+ idl2wrs
+
+ takes a user specified CORBA
+ IDL file and generates C source code that
+ can be used to create an Wireshark
+ plugin.
+
+ idl2wrs
+
+
+
+
+
+ mergecap
+
+ combines multiple saved capture files into a single output
+ file.
+
+ mergecap
+
+
+
+
+
+ randpkt
+
+ creates random-packet capture files.
+
+ randpkt
+
+
+
+
+
+ text2pcap
+
+ reads in an ASCII hex dump and writes the
+ data described into a libpcap-style
+ capture file.
+
+ text2pcap
+
+
+
+
+
+ tshark
+
+ is a TTY-mode network protocol analyzer. It lets you capture
+ packet data from a live network or read packets from a
+ previously saved capture file.
+
+ tshark
+
+
+
+
+
+ wireshark
+
+ is a GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively
+ browse packet data from a live network or from a previously
+ saved capture file.
+
+ wireshark
+
+
+
+
+
+ libwireshark.so
+
+ contains functions used by the
+ Wireshark programs to perform filtering and
+ packet capturing.
+
+ libwireshark.so
+
+
+
+
+
+ libwiretap.so
+
+ is a library being developed as a future replacement for
+ libpcap, the current
+ standard Unix library for packet capturing. For more information,
+ see the README file in the source
+ wiretap directory.
+
+ libwiretap.so
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/networking.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/networking.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/networking.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Networking
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/textweb/links.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/textweb/links.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/textweb/links.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Links-&Links-version;
+
+
+ Links
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Links
+
+ Links is a text and graphics mode
+ WWW browser. It includes support for rendering
+ tables and frames, features background downloads, can display colors
+ and has many other features.
+
+ &lfs67_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &links-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &links-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &links-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &links-time;
+
+
+
+ Additional Downloads
+
+
+ Recommended patch:
+ (works for 2.2)
+
+
+
+ Do I Need the Patch?
+
+ In text mode, unpatched Links cannot be
+ configured to use UTF-8 or other multibyte encodings for the terminal
+ input/output. This limitation renders Links
+ useless as a text-based browser in multibyte locales. See general
+ discussion of this type of issue in the
+ section
+ on the page.
+
+ The patch adds the UTF-8 I/O configuration option.
+ With this option enabled, Links first renders
+ the page using an 8-bit character set configured by the user, and then
+ converts from this character set to UTF-8. The opposite conversion is
+ applied to user input. This approach works if there is an 8-bit character
+ set that contains all the characters that the user considers to be
+ important. Such character set does not exist, e.g., for Chinese
+ hieroglyphs, or when it is required to display both Cyrillic and Greek
+ characters.
+
+ Do I Have to Enable Graphics Support?
+ In graphical mode, Links displays text
+ correctly even in UTF-8 locales, if all characters exist in the built-in
+ font used by Links. This font contains
+ Basic Latin, Latin-1 Supplement (without superscripts and vulgar
+ fractions), Latin Extended-A, Latin Extended-B (partially), Greek,
+ Cyrillic and Hebrew characters. Form submission in non-ISO-8859-1
+ locales is handled correctly when running in X11-based graphical mode.
+ Input handlers for other graphics drivers (fb, directfb, svgalib) either
+ misinterpret non-ASCII characters, or don't allow them
+ at all.
+
+ The patch has no effect on Links
+ behavior in graphical mode.
+
+ Links Dependencies
+
+ Recommended
+ (if mouse support is
+ desired) and
+
+
+
+ Optional
+ Support for graphical mode requires at least one of
+ (to be used with a framebuffer-based console),
+ SVGAlib,
+
+ DirectFB, and
+
+
+ For decoding various image formats Links
+ can utilize
+ ,
+ , and
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Links
+
+ If desired, apply the patch:
+
+bzcat ../links-2.1pre33-utf8.diff.bz2 | patch -p1 &&
+cd intl &&
+./gen-intl && ./synclang &&
+cd ..
+
+ Install Links by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/links-&Links-version; &&
+install -v -m644 doc/links_cal/* KEYS BRAILLE_HOWTO \
+ /usr/share/doc/links-&Links-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ ./gen-intl && ./synclang: These commands
+ regenerate the language table.
+
+ : This switch enables support
+ for graphics mode.
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Links
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ ~/.links/*
+
+
+ ~/.links/*
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ Links stores its configuration in per-user
+ files in the ~/.links directory. These
+ files are created automatically when links is run for the
+ first time.
+
+ For the correct display of non-ASCII characters,
+ Links has to be configured through the menu
+ (accessible by pressing the ESC key), as follows:
+
+
+
+ If running Links in the text mode in a
+ UTF-8 based locale, go to the Setup > Terminal options
+ menu item and check the UTF-8 I/O box.
+
+
+ If running Links in the text mode,
+ go to the Setup > Character set menu item and select
+ the character set that matches your locale or, if you use UTF-8 based
+ locale, the character set that contains all characters that you want
+ Links to be able to display.
+
+
+ Optionally, go to the Setup > Language menu
+ and select the user interface language.
+
+
+ Finally, select the Setup > Save options
+ menu item.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ links
+ None
+ /usr/share/doc/links-&Links-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ links
+
+ is a text and graphics mode WWW browser.
+
+ links
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/textweb/lynx.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/textweb/lynx.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/textweb/lynx.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ Lynx-&lynx-version;
+
+
+ Lynx
+
+
+
+ Introduction to Lynx
+
+ Lynx is a text based web browser.
+
+ &lfs65_checked;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &lynx-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &lynx-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &lynx-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &lynx-time;
+
+
+
+ Lynx Dependencies
+
+ Optional
+ or
+ (experimental),
+ ,
+ ,
+ an (that provides a sendmail command), and
+
+
+ (for a uudecode program)
+
+
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of Lynx
+
+ Install Lynx by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc/lynx \
+ --datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version; \
+ --with-zlib \
+ --with-bzlib \
+ --with-screen=ncursesw \
+ --enable-locale-charset &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install-full &&
+chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;/lynx_doc
+
+
+
+
+ Command Explanations
+
+ --sysconfdir=/etc/lynx: This parameter is
+ used so that the configuration files are located in
+ /etc/lynx instead of
+ /usr/etc.
+
+ --datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;:
+ This parameter is used so that the documentation files are installed into
+ /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;
+ instead of
+ /usr/share/lynx_{doc,help}.
+
+ --with-zlib: This enables support for
+ linking libz into
+ Lynx.
+
+ --with-bzlib: This enables support for
+ linking libbz2 into
+ Lynx.
+
+ --with-screen=ncursesw: This switch enables
+ the use of advanced wide-character support present in the system
+ NCurses library. This is needed for
+ proper display of characters and line wrapping in multibyte locales.
+
+ --enable-locale-charset: This switch allows
+ Lynx to deduce the proper character encoding
+ for terminal output from the current locale.
+ A configuration step is still needed (see below), but
+ unlike the situation without this switch, the configuration step becomes
+ the same for all users (without the switch one must specify the
+ display character set explicitly). This is important for environments such
+ as a LiveCD, where the amount of system-specific configuration steps has
+ to be reduced to the minimum.
+
+ --enable-nls: This switch allows
+ Lynx to print translated messages (such as
+ questions about cookies and SSL certificates).
+
+ : This enables support for
+ linking SSL into Lynx.
+
+ : This enables experimental support
+ for linking GnuTLS into
+ Lynx.
+
+ make install-full: In addition to the standard
+ installation, this target installs the documentation and help files.
+
+ chgrp -v -R root
+ /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;/lynx_doc:
+ This command corrects the improper group ownership of installed
+ documentation files.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring Lynx
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
+
+
+ /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configuration Information
+
+ The proper way to get the display character set is to examine the
+ current locale. However, Lynx does not do
+ this by default. Change this setting:
+
+sed -i 's/#\(LOCALE_CHARSET\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
+
+ The built-in editor in Lynx
+ . This issue manifests
+ itself in multibyte locales, e.g., as the Backspace key not erasing
+ non-ASCII characters properly, and as incorrect data being sent to the
+ network when one edits the contents of text areas. The only solution
+ to this problem is to configure Lynx to
+ use an external editor (bound to the Ctrl+X e key
+ combination by default):
+sed -i 's/#\(DEFAULT_EDITOR\):/\1:vi/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
+
+ Lynx handles the following values of
+ the DEFAULT_EDITOR option specially by adding cursor-positioning
+ arguments: emacs, jed,
+ jmacs, joe, jove,
+ jpico, jstar, nano,
+ pico, rjoe, vi (but not
+ vim: in order to position the cursor in
+ , set this option to vi).
+
+
+
+ By default, Lynx doesn't save cookies
+ between sessions. Change this setting:
+sed -i 's/#\(PERSISTENT_COOKIES\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
+
+ Many other system-wide settings such as proxies can also be set
+ in the /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Program
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ lynx
+ None
+ /etc/lynx and /usr/share/doc/lynx-&lynx-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ lynx
+
+ is a general purpose, text-based, distributed information
+ browser for the World Wide Web.
+
+ lynx
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/textweb/textweb.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/textweb/textweb.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/textweb/textweb.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Text Web Browsers
+
+ People who are new to Unix-based systems tend to ask the question "Why on
+ earth would I want a text-mode browser? I'm going to compile
+ X and use
+ Konqueror/Mozilla/Whatever!".
+ Those who have been around systems for a while
+ know that when (not if) you manage to mess up your graphical browser install
+ and you need to look up some information on the web, a console based browser
+ will save you. Also, there are quite a few people who prefer to use one of
+ these browsers as their principle method of browsing; either to avoid the
+ clutter and bandwidth which accompanies images or because they may use a
+ text-to-speech synthesizer which can read the page to them (of use for instance
+ to partially sighted or blind users). In this chapter you will find installation
+ instructions for three console web browsers:
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: networking/textweb/w3m.xml
===================================================================
--- networking/textweb/w3m.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
+++ networking/textweb/w3m.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+
+
+ %general-entities;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ $LastChangedBy$
+ $Date$
+
+
+ W3m-&w3m-version;
+
+
+ W3m
+
+
+
+ Introduction to W3m
+
+ w3m is primarily a pager but it can
+ also be used as a text-mode WWW browser.
+
+ &lfs67_built;
+
+ Package Information
+
+
+ Download (HTTP):
+
+
+ Download (FTP):
+
+
+ Download MD5 sum: &w3m-md5sum;
+
+
+ Download size: &w3m-size;
+
+
+ Estimated disk space required: &w3m-buildsize;
+
+
+ Estimated build time: &w3m-time;
+
+
+
+ W3m Dependencies
+
+ Required
+
+
+ Optional
+
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ Imlib
+ (not recommended: obsolete, abandoned upstream,
+ buggy, and gives no
+ additional functionality as compared to other image loading libraries),
+
+ GDK
+ Pixbuf-0.22,
+ ,
+ nkf,
+ a Mail User Agent and an External Browser
+
+ User Notes:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installation of W3m
+
+ Install w3m by running the following
+ commands:
+
+./configure --prefix=/usr \
+ --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
+ --sysconfdir=/etc &&
+make
+
+ This package does not come with a test suite.
+
+ Now, as the root user:
+
+make install &&
+install -v -m644 -D doc/keymap.default /etc/w3m/keymap &&
+install -v -m644 doc/menu.default /etc/w3m/menu &&
+install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/w3m-&w3m-version; &&
+install -v -m644 doc/{HISTORY,READ*,keymap.*,menu.*,*.html} \
+ /usr/share/doc/w3m-&w3m-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring W3m
+
+
+ Config Files
+
+ /etc/w3m/* and
+ ~/.w3m/*
+
+
+ /etc/w3m/*
+
+
+
+ ~/.w3m/*
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contents
+
+
+ Installed Programs
+ Installed Libraries
+ Installed Directories
+
+
+ w3m and w3mman
+ None
+ /usr/lib/w3m, /usr/share/w3m and
+ usr/share/doc/w3m-&w3m-version;
+
+
+
+
+ Short Descriptions
+
+
+
+
+ w3m
+
+ is a text based web browser and pager.
+
+ w3m
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ w3mman
+
+ is an interface to the on-line reference manuals in
+ w3m.
+
+ w3mman
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: stlfs/config/autofs.xml
===================================================================
--- postlfs/config/autofs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,316 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Automate Mounting of File Systems
-
-
- Autofs
-
-
-
- Introduction to Autofs
-
- The Autofs package contains userspace
- tools that work with the kernel to mount and un-mount removable file
- systems. The primary use is to mount external network file systems like
- NFS (see ) or Samba (see )
- on demand.
-
- It may also be useful for allowing users to mount floppies, cdroms and
- other removable storage devices without requiring the system
- administrator to mount the devices although this capability is now generally
- provided by HAL (see ). This may not be ideal for all
- installations, so be aware of the risks before implementing this feature.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &autofs-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &autofs-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &autofs-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &autofs-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
- Recommended Patches: There are frequent patches issued for
- Autofs. One method you can use to get the
- current patches requires first installing the
- package. After ensuring the wget command is installed
- in a directory identified in the PATH variable, start in
- the same directory as the main tar file and issue the following
- commands:
-
-wget &autofs-patch-dir;/patch_order-&autofs-version; &&
-sed 's;autofs;&autofs-patch-dir;/autofs;' \
- patch_order-&autofs-version; | grep -v ^# > wget-list &&
-wget -i wget-list
-
- As of this writing, the patch list contains one patch
- labelled as from the 5.0.4 series of patches.
-
- Autofs Dependencies
-
- Optional
- and
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Kernel Configuration
-
-
- Automounter
-
-
- Verify that kernel support has been compiled in or built as
- modules in the following areas:
-
-File systems ⇒
- Kernel automounter version 4 support Y or M
- Network File Systems ⇒
- NFS client support Y or M (optional)
- CIFS support Y or M (optional)
-
- Recompile and install the new kernel, if necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of Autofs
-
- Install Autofs by running the following
- commands:
-
-for f in `cat ../patch_order-&autofs-version;`; do
- patch -Np1 -i ../$f
-done &&
-./configure --prefix=/ --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install &&
-ln -sf ../init.d/autofs /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/S52autofs
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- for f in `cat ../patch_order-&autofs-version;`; do
- patch -Np1 -i ../$f; done: This command applies all the
- patches downloaded earlier in the correct order.
-
- ln -sf ../init.d/autofs
- /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d/S52autofs: This command sets the
- link to properly start autofs upon boot.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring Autofs
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf,
- /etc/auto.master,
- /etc/auto.misc, and
- /etc/auto.net
-
-
- /etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf
-
-
-
- /etc/auto.master
-
-
-
- /etc/auto.misc
-
-
-
- /etc/auto.net
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- The installation process creates auto.master,
- auto.misc, auto.smb, and
- auto.net. Replace the
- auto.master file with the following commands:
-
-mv /etc/auto.master /etc/auto.master.bak &&
-cat > /etc/auto.master << "EOF"
-# Begin /etc/auto.master
-
-/media/auto /etc/auto.misc --ghost
-#/home /etc/auto.home
-
-# End /etc/auto.master
-EOF
-
- This file creates a new media directory, /media/auto
- that will overlay any existing directory of the same name. In this example,
- the file, /etc/auto.misc, has a line:
-
-cd -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom
-
- that will mount a cdrom as /media/auto/cd if
- that directory is accessed. The option tells
- the automounter to create ghost versions (i.e. empty
- directories) of all the mount points listed in the configuration file
- regardless whether any of the file systems are actually mounted or not.
- This is very convenient and highly recommended, because it will show you
- the available auto-mountable file systems as existing directories, even
- when their file systems aren't currently mounted. Without the
- option, you'll have to remember the names of the
- directories. As soon as you try to access one of them, the directory will
- be created and the file system will be mounted. When the file system gets
- unmounted again, the directory is destroyed too, unless the
- option was given.
-
-
- An alternative method would be to specify another automount
- location such as /var/lib/auto/cdrom and create a
- symbolic link from /media/cdrom
- to the automount location.
-
-
- The auto.misc file must be configured to your
- working hardware. The loaded configuration file should load your cdrom
- if /dev/cdrom is active or it can be edited to
- match your device setup. Examples for floppies are available in the file
- and easily activated. Documentation for this file is available using the
- man 5 autofs command.
-
- In the second line, if enabled, a user's home directory would be
- mounted via NFS upon login. The /etc/home.auto
- would need to exist and have an entry similar to:
-
-joe example.org:/export/home/joe
-
- where the directory /export/home/joe is
- exported via NFS from the system example.org. NFS shares
- are covered on the next page.
-
- This package could also be used to mount SMB shares, however that
- feature is not configured in these instructions. For additional
- configuration information, see the man pages for auto.master(5). There
- are also web resources such as this AUTOFS
- HOWTO available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- automount
- lookup_file.so, lookup_hosts.so, lookup_multi.so,
- lookup_nisplus.so, lookup_program.so, lookup_userhome.so,
- lookup_yp.so, mount_afs.so, mount_autofs.so, mount_bind.so,
- mount_changer.so, mount_ext2.so, mount_generic.so,
- mount_nfs.so, parse_sun.so
- /lib/autofs and /var/run/autofs
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- automount
-
- is the daemon that performs the mounting when a request is
- made for the device.
-
- automount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: postlfs/config/config.xml
===================================================================
--- postlfs/config/config.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ postlfs/config/config.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@
-
+
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@
-
-
+
+
Index: stlfs/config/initdtools.xml
===================================================================
--- postlfs/config/initdtools.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,125 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy: bdubbs $
- $Date: 2010-03-07 18:53:18 -0600 (Sun, 07 Mar 2010) $
-
-
- LSB Tools for managing bootscripts
-
-
- initd-tools
-
-
-
- Introduction to initd-tools
-
- The initd-tools package contains
- programs to install and remove LSB based bootscripts.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &initd-tools-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &initd-tools-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &initd-tools-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &initd-tools-time;
-
-
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of initd-tools
-
- Install initd-tools by running the following
- commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Program
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- install_initd and remove_initd
-
- /usr/lib/lsb
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- install_initd
-
- installs a boot script and the necessary symbolic links
- using LSB methodology.
-
- install_initd
-
-
-
-
-
- remove_initd
-
- removes a boot script and the necessary symbolic links
- using LSB methodology.
-
- remove_initd
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: stlfs/config/netfs.xml
===================================================================
--- postlfs/config/netfs.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,38 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- Configuring for Network Filesystems
-
-
-
- netfs
-
-
- While LFS is capable of mounting network file systems such as NFS,
- these are not mounted by the mountfs init script.
- Network file systems must be mounted after the networking is activated and
- unmounted before the network goes down. The netfs
- bootscript was written to handle both boot-time mounting of network
- filesystems, if the entry in /etc/fstab contains the
- option, and unmounting of all network filesystems
- before the network is brought down.
-
- As the root user, install
- the /etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs bootscript included with the
- package.
-
-make install-netfs
-
-
Index: server/major/major.xml
===================================================================
--- server/major/major.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ server/major/major.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@
-
+
Index: rver/major/nfs-utils.xml
===================================================================
--- server/major/nfs-utils.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,449 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- NFS Utilities-&nfs-utils-version;
-
-
- NFS Utilities
-
-
-
- Introduction to NFS Utilities
-
- The NFS Utilities package contains the
- userspace server and client tools necessary to use the kernel's NFS
- abilities. NFS is a protocol that allows sharing file systems over the
- network.
-
- Package information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &nfs-utils-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &nfs-utils-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &nfs-utils-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &nfs-utils-time;
-
-
-
-
-
- NFS Utilities Dependencies
-
- Required
- (Runtime dependency)
-
- Optional
-
-
- Optional for NFSv4 Support
-
- libevent and
- libnfsidmap
-
-
- Optional for GSS (RPC Security) Support
-
- or
- or
- libgssapi, and
- librpcsecgss
-
- Optional for SPKM-3 Support
- SPKM-3
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Kernel Configuration
-
- Enable the following options in the kernel configuration
- and recompile the kernel if necessary:
-
-File systems:
- Network File Systems:
- NFS File System Support: M or Y
- NFS Server Support: M or Y
-
- Select the appropriate sub-options that appear when the above options
- are selected.
-
-
- NFS Utilities
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of NFS Utilities
-
- Before you compile the program, ensure that the
- nobody user and
- nogroup group have been
- created. You can add them by running the following commands as the
- root user:
-
-groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
-useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
- -s /bin/false -u 99 nobody
-
-
- The classic uid and gid values are 65534 which is also -2 when
- interpreted as a signed 16-bit number. These values impact other files
- on some filesystems that do not have support for sparse files. The
- nobody and nogroup values are relatively arbitrary.
- The impact on a server is nil if the exports file
- is configured correctly. If it is misconfigured, an
- ls -l or ps listing will show a
- uid or gid number of 65534 instead of a name. The client uses nobody only as the user running
- rpc.statd.
-
-
- Install NFS Utilities by running
- the following commands:
-
-./configure --prefix=/usr \
- --sysconfdir=/etc \
- --disable-nfsv4 \
- --disable-gss &&
-make
-
- If your /usr directory
- is NFS mounted, you should install the executables in
- /sbin by passing
- an additional parameter to the
- above ./configure command.
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- --disable-nfsv4: Disables support
- for NFS version 4.
-
- --disable-gss: Disables support for
- RPCSEC GSS (RPC Security).
-
-
-
-
- Configuring NFS Utilities
-
-
- Server Configuration
-
- /etc/exports contains the exported directories
- on NFS servers. Refer to the exports.5 manual page
- for the syntax of this file. Also refer to the "NFS HowTo" available at
- for information on
- how to configure the servers and clients in a secure manner. For example,
- for sharing the /home directory
- over the local network, the following line may be added:
-
-/home <192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0>(rw,subtree_check,anonuid=99,anongid=99)
-
-
- /etc/exportfs
-
-
-
- Boot Script
-
- Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-server
- init script included in the package to start the server
- at boot.
-
-make install-nfs-server
-
-
- nfs-server
-
-
- Now create the /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server
- configuration file:
-
-cat > /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server << "EOF"
-PORT="2049"
-PROCESSES="8"
-QUOTAS="no"
-KILLDELAY="10"
-EOF
-
-
- /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server
-
-
-
-
-
- tcpwrappers Configuration
-
- If you have installed and there
- is a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file, ensure you
- have an entry in the /etc/hosts.allow file for access
- from the portmap daemon. See the man page in section 5 for hosts_access for
- details on creating appropriate rules.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Client Configuration
-
- /etc/fstab contains the directories that
- are to be mounted on the client. Alternately the partitions can be
- mounted by using the mount command with the proper
- options. To mount the /home
- and /usr partitions, add the
- following to the /etc/fstab:
-
-<server-name>:/home /home nfs rw,_netdev,rsize=8192,wsize=8192 0 0
-<server-name>:/usr /usr nfs ro,_netdev,rsize=8192 0 0
-
-
- /etc/fstab
-
-
-
- Boot Script
-
- Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-client
- init script included in the
- package to
- start the client services at boot.
-
-make install-nfs-client
-
-
- nfs-client
-
-
- To automatically mount nfs filesystems, clients will also
- need to install the netfs bootscript as described
- in .
-
-
- netfs
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- exportfs, mount.nfs, mount.nfs4, nfsstat, rpc.mountd, rpc.nfsd, rpc.statd, rpcdebug,
- showmount, sm-notify, start-statd and umount.nfs as well as umount.nfs4
- None
- /var/lib/nfs
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- exportfs
-
- maintains a list of NFS exported file systems.
-
- exportfs
-
-
-
-
-
- mount.nfs
-
- Used to mount a network share using NFS
-
- mount.nfs
-
-
-
-
-
- mount.nfs4
-
- Used to mount a network share using NFSv4
-
- mount.nfs4
-
-
-
-
-
- nfsstat
-
- prints NFS statistics.
-
- nfsstat
-
-
-
-
-
- rpc.mountd
-
- implements the NFS mount protocol on an NFS server.
-
- rpc.mountd
-
-
-
-
-
- rpc.nfsd
-
- implements the user level part of the NFS
- service on the server.
-
- rpc.nfsd
-
-
-
-
-
- rpc.statd
-
- is used by the NFS file locking service. Run on both sides,
- client as well as server, when you want file locking enabled.
-
- rpc.statd
-
-
-
-
-
- rpcdebug
-
- sets or clears the kernel's NFS client and server debug
- flags.
-
- rpcdebug
-
-
-
-
-
- showmount
-
- displays mount information for an NFS server.
-
- showmount
-
-
-
-
-
- sm-notify
-
- is used to send Network Status Monitor reboot messages.
-
- sm-notify
-
-
-
-
-
- start-statd
-
- is a script called by nfsmount when mounting a filesystem with
- locking enabled, if statd does not appear to be running. It can be
- customised with whatever flags are appropriate for the site.
-
- start-statd
-
-
-
-
-
- umount.nfs
-
- Used to unmount a network share using NFS
-
- umount.nfs
-
-
-
-
-
- umount.nfs4
-
- Used to unmount a network share using NFSv4
-
- umount.nfs4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: rver/other/dhcp.xml
===================================================================
--- server/other/dhcp.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ (revision )
@@ -1,272 +1,0 @@
-
-
- %general-entities;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- $LastChangedBy$
- $Date$
-
-
- DHCP-&dhcp-version;
-
-
- Dhcp
-
-
-
- Introduction to DHCP
-
- The DHCP package contains both the client
- and server programs for DHCP. dhclient (the client) is
- useful for connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign
- network addresses. dhcpd (the server) is useful for
- assigning network addresses on your private network.
-
- Package Information
-
-
- Download (HTTP):
-
-
- Download (FTP):
-
-
- Download MD5 sum: &dhcp-md5sum;
-
-
- Download size: &dhcp-size;
-
-
- Estimated disk space required: &dhcp-buildsize;
-
-
- Estimated build time: &dhcp-time;
-
-
-
- Additional Downloads
-
-
- Required Patch:
-
-
-
- Optional Patch:
-
-
-
-
- DHCP Dependencies
-
- Required
- (you may omit
- net-tools by using the optional patch
- to utilize iproute2.
-
- User Notes:
-
-
-
-
-
- Kernel Configuration
-
- You must have Packet Socket support (Device Drivers ⇒ Networking
- Support ⇒ Networking Options ⇒ Packet Socket) compiled into
- the kernel.
-
-
- DHCP
-
-
-
-
-
- Installation of DHCP
-
- First fix a problem with always regenerating
- /etc/resolv.conf whether the DNS server has changed or not.
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-&dhcp-version;-client_dns-1.patch
-
- If you chose not to install net-tools, apply the
- iproute2 patch:
-
-patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-&dhcp-version;-iproute2-1.patch
-
- Install DHCP by running
- the following commands:
-
-./configure &&
-make
-
- This package does not come with a test suite.
-
- Now, as the root user:
-
-make LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include install
-
-
-
-
- Command Explanations
-
- LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include: This
- command installs the library and include files in
- /usr instead of
- /usr/local.
-
-
-
-
- Configuring DHCP
-
-
- Config Files
-
- /etc/dhclient.conf and
- /etc/dhcpd.conf
-
-
- /etc/dhclient.conf
-
-
-
- /etc/dhcpd.conf
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuration Information
-
- Information on configuring the DHCP client can be
- found in .
-
- Note that you only need the DHCP server if you want to issue
- LAN addresses over your network. The DHCP client doesn't need this
- script to be used. Also note that this script is coded for the
- eth1 interface, which may need
- to be modified for your hardware configuration.
-
- Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcp
- init script included in the
- package.
-
-
- dhcpd
-
-
-make install-dhcp
-
- The lease file must exist on startup. The following command will
- satisfy that requirement:
-
-touch /var/state/dhcp/dhcpd.leases
-
- The following commands will create a base configuration file
- for a DHCP server. There are several options that you may want to
- add (information that is passed back to the DHCP client) and those
- are covered in the man pages for dhcp.conf.
-
-cat > /etc/dhcpd.conf << "EOF"
-default-lease-time 72000;
-max-lease-time 144000;
-ddns-update-style ad-hoc;
-
-subnet <192.168.5.0> netmask <255.255.255.0> {
- range <192.168.5.10> <192.168.5.240>;
- option broadcast-address <192.168.5.255>;
- option routers <192.168.5.1>;
-}
-EOF
-
- All addresses should be changed to meet your circumstance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
-
- Installed Programs
- Installed Libraries
- Installed Directories
-
-
- dhcpd, dhcrelay, dhclient, dhclient-script, and omshell
- bdhcpctl.a, libomapi.a
- /var/state/dhcp, /usr/include/omapip, and /usr/include/isi-dhcp
-
-
-
-
- Short Descriptions
-
-
-
-
- dhclient
-
- is the implementation of the DHCP client.
-
- dhclient
-
-
-
-
-
- dhcpd
-
- implements Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and
- Internet Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) requests for network
- addresses.
-
- dhcpd
-
-
-
-
-
- dhcrelay
-
- provides a means to accept DHCP and BOOTP requests on a subnet
- without a DHCP server and relay them to a DHCP server on another
- subnet.
-
- dhcrelay
-
-
-
-
-
- omshell
-
- provides an interactive way to connect to, query, and
- possibly change, the ISC DHCP Server's state via OMAPI, the
- Object Management API.
-
- omshell
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: server/other/other.xml
===================================================================
--- server/other/other.xml (revision 4d61f738e40428bc181fef3104cb876d74586a7b)
+++ server/other/other.xml (revision 6d15c62929a1239f9320aa1855925f43d72bea01)
@@ -23,5 +23,5 @@
that you can analyze the risks.
-
+